diff --git a/source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst b/source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst index 26dfbfa0..e5d842d1 100644 --- a/source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst +++ b/source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst @@ -1,85 +1,85 @@ Chapter 1.1 Retrieving the image ================================= Before you install Lubuntu, you need to retrieve the correct image. Lubuntu supports AMD64 CPU types also known as 64-bit with a new version every six months (supported for nine months), and every two years being a long term support release (supported for three years). Lubuntu 20.04 is a Long Term Support release supported until 2023. Lubuntu 21.04 is supported until January 2022. LTS vs. Regular Releases ------------------------ Lubuntu offers two types of releases. The **Long Term Support** release, or the **LTS**, is the release recommended for most users. It is supported for three years after the release date and does not contain new features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Previously, Lubuntu used **LXDE** but since 18.10 it has used **LXQt**. Lubuntu 20.04 is the First **Long Term Support** release which uses the more modern **LXQt** desktop environment. For users looking to try new features every six months at the expense of the support cycle length, Lubuntu offers **interim releases**, or **regular releases**. These releases, while they are considered stable, are testing grounds for major, new features which will be rolled into the LTS release. Users of the regular releases are typically enthusiasts and somewhat more experienced users looking for a fresher experience. **It is extremely important that if you choose this path, you upgrade to each successive regular release shortly after it comes out.** If you are not comfortable doing this, you should consider using the LTS release instead. Ways to download the image --------------------------- Now that the decision of which architecture and release type you need is made, you will need to download the image. There are several ways to download the Lubuntu image: - HTTP download (from your web browser or terminal). - BitTorrent (from a BitTorrent client such as Transmission, recommended for Windows and macOS users). - zsync (from the terminal, recommended for Linux users). You can also download the image via Jigdo but we will not cover that in this manual. An easy download page which lists the HTTP and BitTorrent downloads is available `on the Lubuntu website's Downloads page `_, however for zsync downloads, you need to visit `cdimage.ubuntu.com `_, which has the files listed. Below you can find more detailed notes on each download method. Downloading the image via HTTP ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ *We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error prone, and less efficient than the other methods.* After you download the image, you **must** verify it, as this is the most common reason there are problems with a Lubuntu install. There is `a helpful page on the Ubuntu Community Help wiki `_ that can guide you in the right direction. .. warning:: Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped will cause massive frustration and a failed install. To verify the image, run this from the command line: .. code:: - sha256sum lubuntu-22.04-desktop-amd64.iso + sha256sum lubuntu-22.10-desktop-amd64.iso and then carefully check that the output matches .. code:: - 15e7c0b5e0bd1fe3436e7a83d25a26f828694f5a1a6ce81bc4be955ae39ba128 *lubuntu-22.04-desktop-amd64.iso + 99ecc1b490922b3444a18bc7ae05c136930149616dddf0b5566ace7066169c69 *lubuntu-22.10-desktop-amd64.iso Downloading the image via BitTorrent ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can "torrent" the image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is often faster and saves the bandwidth of the Ubuntu cdimage servers. If you would like to learn more about BitTorrent, take a look at `the Wikipedia page on the subject `_. In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend `Transmission `_, an Open Source BitTorrent client. Since Transmission only provides clients for Linux and macOS, we recommend `qbittorrent `_ for Windows users. The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or `cdimage.ubuntu.com`_, both linked above. After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend that you leave your BitTorrent client open so you can seed this image for other people, which helps reduce bandwidth costs even further by decentralizing the download location for other users. Downloading the image via zsync ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to download daily images as it will seamlessly download the delta or difference since the last image was spun. In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository. If you are running Debian, Ubuntu, or a distribution based off of either, run the following command in a terminal: .. code:: sudo apt install zsync Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux distributions: .. code:: sudo snap install zsync To download the image using zsync run .. code:: - zsync http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/releases/jammy/release/lubuntu-22.04-desktop-amd64.iso.zsync + zsync http://cdimage.ubuntu.com/lubuntu/releases/22.10/release/lubuntu-22.10-desktop-amd64.iso.zsync **You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to Chapter 1.2.** diff --git a/source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst b/source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst index 19866d21..197337e3 100644 --- a/source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst +++ b/source/1/1.2/booting_the_image.rst @@ -1,43 +1,43 @@ Chapter 1.2 Booting the Image ============================== Now that you have the ISO file, you need to put the image on a media device and boot the image for installation. **This requires additional research on your own, as this varies depending on your hardware.** Choosing the media ------------------ In order to boot the image, you need to put it somewhere. You have two choices either - a DVD - - a USB drive (2 GB or greater) + - a USB drive (4 GB or greater) Writing/burning the Image ------------------------- Here are some common tools to burn images onto DVDs: - `Brasero `_ - K3b - Windows Disc Image Burner - InfraRecorder Unfortunately, burning images to USB or DVDs on macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of this manual. The Ubuntu website has several guides on this topic, and we recommend you read them if you plan on doing this. Guides from the Ubuntu website: - `How to burn a DVD on Ubuntu `_ - `How to burn a DVD on Windows `_ - `How to burn a DVD on macOS `_ For writing images to USB drives on Linux, we recommend `mkusb `_ a tool developed by a Lubuntu team member, or the USB creator shipped with Lubuntu `Startup Disk Creator `_. Writing images to USB drives from macOS or Windows is beyond the scope of this book, but the Ubuntu website also has several guides on this: - `How to create a bootable USB stick on Windows `_ - `How to create a bootable USB stick on macOS `_ Booting the Image ----------------- With your media inserted, reboot your computer. Depending on your hardware configuration, it may boot into the image right away, or you might need to press a key at startup for boot options. This varies but looking for documentation for your hardware will likely provide the answer. **You have now booted the image. Please continue to Chapter 1.3.** diff --git a/source/1/1.3/installation.rst b/source/1/1.3/installation.rst index fd160765..6be9862f 100644 --- a/source/1/1.3/installation.rst +++ b/source/1/1.3/installation.rst @@ -1,102 +1,104 @@ Chapter 1.3 Installation ======================== This is a guide through the installation process of Lubuntu. Starting the installer ---------------------- At the start of the boot process a grub splash screen will be shown. To install select :menuselection:`Try or Install Lubuntu`. If Lubuntu has a problem with your graphics card like newer nvidia cards select :menuselection:`Lubuntu (safe graphics)`. To test your ram select :menuselection:`Test memory`. .. image:: grubsplash.png -Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop :guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 22.04`. +Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu and make sure all your hardware works. Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-left corner of the desktop :guilabel:`Install Lubuntu 22.10` or :menuselection:` System Tools --> Install Lubuntu 22.10`. .. image:: live_session.png You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change the installer language in the :guilabel:`Language` drop down box. After selecting the language the :guilabel:`Next` button will move you on to the next task. To cancel an installation press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. .. image:: welcome_installer.png Selecting Your location ----------------------- The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose your location. Your location will be used to set your time zone and download server. To see what region you have chosen use the :guilabel:`Region` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Zone` field should have a major city with the same time as you. If you want to get to the your time zone manually faster you can type in the name of a big city in the same time zone. Towards the bottom you can to change your system language by pressing the upper :guilabel:`Change` button. To change the how numbers and dates appear on your system press the lower :guilabel:`Change` button. To move to the next step once again press the :guilabel:`Next` button. To move back to selecting your language to change your language press the :guilabel:`Back` button. .. image:: location.png Selecting Keyboard Layout ------------------------- Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the keyboard shown picture shown. The :guilabel:`Keyboard Model` menu lets you choose different variants, the left column lets you change language, and the right column gets different variants. At the bottom you can type to make sure your layout is correct. When you have selected your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Next` button to move on. .. image:: keyboard.png Setting up partitions --------------------- If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the :guilabel:`Erase disk` button. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**, which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely important. If you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup. To change the storage device to install Lubuntu on use the :guilabel:`Select Storage device` drop down menu. To choose to use a swap file under :guilabel:`Erase disk` keep :menuselection:`Swap to file` or to not use swap choose :menuselection:`No Swap`. If you want to encrypt your drive press the :guilabel:`Encrypt system` checkbox and then you will need to enter the encryption passphrase twice make sure you have it typed in correctly. It is strongly advised to write down this passphrase and keep it somewhere safe. .. warning:: Erasing your entire disk or partition may cause you to lose data so please backup beforehand. .. image:: partitioning.png .. note:: If you had a previous Linux install with swap you will need to unmount the swap. To do this run .. code:: sudo swapoff -a which will unmount them and any swap partitions. This will not work if you have data partition mounted open PCManFM-Qt and press the upward pointed arrow on each partition in the :guilabel:`Places` sidebar to unmount all data partitions. To move back to Selecting your keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Back` button. To advance to the setting up users press the :guilabel:`Next` button. User Setup ---------- The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of typing your name into the :guilabel:`What is your name?` field. Next type your username in the :guilabel:`What name do you want to use to log in?`. Put what you want your hostname of your computer to be in the :guilabel:`what is the name of this computer?` field. The last thing you need to enter is your password in the :guilabel:`Choose a password to keep your account safe`. Enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. If a name can actually be used as a username or hostname a green checkmark will appear to the right of it if you cannot a red x will appear. Pressing the :guilabel:`Next` button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the :guilabel:`Install` button to begin the installation. .. image:: user_setup.png -After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go back` button. +The summary screen shows what settings will be installed and you can double check everything is how you want it. After pressing the :guilabel:`Install` button a dialog will pop up to confirm installation. To actually install press the :guilabel:`Install now` button. To not start installing and go back press the :guilabel:`Go back` button. .. image:: installsummary.png The Install ----------- -The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. On the right end of the progress bar is the percentage of the installation complete. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished. There is a slideshow while you install and to move to the next slide left click and to move to the previous slide right click. +The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the installer is running. On the bottom of the window is a progress bar. On the right end of the progress bar is the percentage of the installation complete. To see command line output of the install press the :guilabel:`Toggle log` button. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox :guilabel:`Reboot now` after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished. There is a slideshow while you install and to move to the next slide left click and to move to the previous slide right click. .. image:: installer_screen.png Rebooting into the finished install ----------------------------------- After the install is finished you will need to reboot your system into your new install. If you want to continue using the live system but end the installer uncheck the :guilabel:`Reboot now` checkbox. To close the installer press the :guilabel:`Done` button. After this your computer will reboot and you should remove your install media. Manual partitioning ----------------------- .. Warning:: Trying to use nonlinux filesystems such as NTFS or FAT as your root filesystem will result in a broken system. -If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition Wikipedia `_ for more detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs. Lubuntu 22.04 has bug with installing BTRFS and `This guide on Lubuntu discourse https://discourse.lubuntu.me/t/getting-lubuntu-22-04-to-install-with-btrfs/3273`_ + +If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you will need to create an EFI system partition (see `efi system partition Wikipedia `_ for more detail). To create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-system with the ESP flag to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs. Lubuntu 22.04 has bug with installing BTRFS and `This guide on Lubuntu discourse `_ + .. image:: manpartitioning.png .. Warning:: - Creating a new partition table will erase all data on the drive and deleting a partion will delete all data on the partition. + Creating a new partition table will erase all data on the drive and deleting a partition will delete all data on the partition. If you have a new hard disc or solid state drive press the :guilabel:`New Partition table` button but this will delete the whole disc if you have any data on it. After pressing this button you will get a dialog saying what kind of partition table to use. The :guilabel:`Master Boot Record` button will create an old partition table but will only allow 4 primary partitions and partitions up to 2 Terabytes. The :guilabel:`GUID Partition Table` button works for large discs but may not be recognized by legacy operating systems. To get back to your main partitioning window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change what disc you are partitioning use the :guilabel:`Storage device` drop down menu. You can create partition by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button which will bring up a dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the partition in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` drop down menu. To change how big to make the partition change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the size or type of a partition after initially creating it press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To delete a partition press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. You will need at least one root (/) partition and if you are booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted at /home. If you want to encrypt your your filesystem check the :guilabel:`Encrypt` checkbox. Then two fields will appear to get write type your encryption passphrase twice to confirm it. To add a label for this partition enter it into the :guilabel:`FS Label` field. .. image:: manpartition-create.png To go back on all your changes to the previous state press the :guilabel:`Revert All Changes` button. To change what device your computer will boot off of you will need to use the :guilabel:`Install boot loader on` drop down menu to select which disc to boot off of. In the center of the manual partitioning window shows you what name of the partition is. What type of filesystem is displayed in the :guilabel:`File System` column. To see where your partition is mounted are shown in the :guilabel:`Mount Point` column. The size of the system is shown in the :guilabel:`Size` Column. The top of the manual partitioning window shows a visual bar showing size of your partitions on top. Below it shows each partition on your drive with the color it is in the bar graph and the size of the partition. diff --git a/source/1/1.3/installer_screen.png b/source/1/1.3/installer_screen.png index e856f976..a3eb0acd 100644 Binary files a/source/1/1.3/installer_screen.png and b/source/1/1.3/installer_screen.png differ diff --git a/source/1/1.3/keyboard.png b/source/1/1.3/keyboard.png index 357e759e..5ce7cac7 100644 Binary files a/source/1/1.3/keyboard.png and b/source/1/1.3/keyboard.png differ diff --git a/source/1/1.3/live_session.png b/source/1/1.3/live_session.png index d0218316..858d901b 100644 Binary files a/source/1/1.3/live_session.png and b/source/1/1.3/live_session.png differ diff --git a/source/1/1.3/location.png b/source/1/1.3/location.png index 9e8f82a5..38055393 100644 Binary files a/source/1/1.3/location.png and b/source/1/1.3/location.png differ diff --git a/source/1/1.3/partitioning.png b/source/1/1.3/partitioning.png index 4b7eee64..80222776 100644 Binary files a/source/1/1.3/partitioning.png and b/source/1/1.3/partitioning.png differ diff --git a/source/1/1.3/user_setup.png b/source/1/1.3/user_setup.png index b82153d6..03673009 100644 Binary files a/source/1/1.3/user_setup.png and b/source/1/1.3/user_setup.png differ diff --git a/source/1/1.3/welcome_installer.png b/source/1/1.3/welcome_installer.png index 1ded43d0..f10e19d8 100644 Binary files a/source/1/1.3/welcome_installer.png and b/source/1/1.3/welcome_installer.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst index 4f148431..b85a2fe6 100644 --- a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst +++ b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst @@ -1,112 +1,124 @@ Chapter 2.1.1: Firefox ============================== Description --------------- Firefox is a highly-rated, and secure web browser that is installed by default in Ubuntu. It is a decent choice if one wants a secure, fast, yet relatively less resource-heavy browser. Firefox has features of other web browsers and its own ones, such as: - Tabbed browsing - Scroll through tabs - Great plugins and add-ons - Favorites, bookmarks, pocket - Firefox account sync - Master password - UI customization with themes and toolbars - Advanced customization with about:config - Open source Screenshot -------------- .. image:: firefox-screenshot.png :width: 80% Usage ------ To open a new tab in Firefox press the plus button on the right of the tab bar, right click the tab bar :menuselection:`New tab`, or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with an :guilabel:`x` on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To Open a new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing history press the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Library --> History` or press :kbd:`Control +H`. When you have the history sidebar you can search through your history where it says :guilabel:`Search History`. To change how to sort your history click the :guilabel:`View` label and select how you want to search your history. To view your downloaded files press the button that looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over :menuselection:`--> Downloads`. To go back to a previous page in Firefox press the button pointing to the left or press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow`. To open the page you were previously browsing in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Alt + Right arrow`. Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click :menuselection:`Save Link As` file as and then you will get a dialog box to show where to save it. To save an image to your computer right click the image and select :menuselection:`Save Image As`. To open a window with all of your downloads on it press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`. To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To share a link with someone else for something you downloaded right click on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy Download Link`. To open a window with all of your downloads press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Y`. To open PCManFM-Qt in the folder where you downloaded things right click and select on the download and select :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To get a link for someone else to download something right click on the downloaded content right click and select :menuselection:`Copy Download Link`. To open a downloaded file double click on it. To not have a download show in your history right click on it and select :guilabel:`Remove from History`. To clear all your download history right click and select :menuselection:`Clear Downloads` or press the :guilabel:`Clear Downloads` button at the top. .. image:: firefox-downloads.png To have a list of all of your tabs press the downward pointing arrowhead button however this only appears if you have more tabs than fit on your screen normally. To switch the view of your tabs if you have more than on the screen press the right ward pointed arrowhead to move the visible part of the tab bar to the right. To move the visible part of the tab bar to the left press the leftward pointed arrowhead. To move a tab to where you want it left click the tab and drag it to the position you want the tab. To open a new tab press the :guilabel:`+` button. To search through all your tabs you can click on the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Search Tabs`. To scroll down using the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Down`. To scroll up the page with the keyboard press :kbd:`Page Up`. To scroll all the way back up to the top press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move all the way to the bottom of the page press the :kbd:`End` key. To go to a specific URL in the address bar you can type it in the main bar in the middle. If you have a URL in your clipboard you can paste it here or into the address bar right click :menuselection:`Paste & Go`. Or if you right click into the clipboard and not immediately go to the page and type in a sub page right click :menuselection:`Paste` and then type to go a specific sub page of the same site and then press :kbd:`Enter` to go to the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar. If you want to search through the tabs you have open type % and then what you want to type in the address bar. To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D`, right click on the tab and select :menuselection:`Bookmark Tab`, or Press the button with three horizontal lines and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Bookmark Current tab` or right click on the tab and select :menuselection:`Bookmark Tab`. To access the bookmark again press that looks like three vertical lines and a slanted one and :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Your Bookmark`. If you want a toolbar with your bookmarks on it right click on the address bar and select :menuselection:`Bookmarks Toolbar` or the three horizontal lines button :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Show bookmark toolbar`. To manage your bookmarks press :kbd:`Control+Shift+O` or three horizontal bars :menuselection:`Bookmarks -->Manage Bookmarks`. To switch to different categories of bookmarks on the left hand side to switch categories. To search through your bookmarks type in :guilabel:`Search Bookmarks` box in the top right hand corner. To open a bookmark in this park double click on it or right click and select :menuselection:`Open`. To open a bookmark in a new tab right click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To delete a bookmark right click on it and select :menuselection:`Delete Bookmark`. To rename your bookmark something you will remember use the :guilabel:`Name` field. To change where a bookmark points to change the :guilabel:`URL` field. To add tags to your bookmark type them in the :guilabel:`Tags` field. To copy text in Firefox select it with the mouse and press :kbd:`Control +C` or right click on it and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To paste text into Firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V` or right click and select :menuselection:`Paste`. To cut text in Firefox select the text and press :kbd:`Control+X` or right click and select :menuselection:`Cut`. To select all of the text on a page press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click and select :menuselection:`Select All`. To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`. To take a screenshot of a webpage right click and select :menuselection:`Take Screenshot`. Then select the part of the webpage you want by left clicking and dragging to select which part of the webpage to take a picture of. To save your screenshot press the :guilabel:`Download` button. To copy the screenshot to a clipboard press the :guilabel:`Copy` button. To cancel taking the screenshot press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button or press :kbd:`Escape`. To take a screenshot of the whole webpage press the :guilabel:`Save full page` button. To save the visible portion of the page press the :guilabel:`Save visible` button. .. image:: screenshot-taking.png -To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press :kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and to leave fullscreen simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`. +To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press :kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + 0`. To make Firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` and to leave fullscreen simply press :kbd:`F11` again or in the hamburger menu press the two button with two diagonal arrows. While in fullscreen the tab bar will be hidden to change tab while you have Firefox in fullscreen move your mouse to the top of the monitor and the tab bar will popup. You can also type your zoom into Firefox from the hamburger menu :menuselection:`Zoom` field and press the :guilabel:`+` and :guilabel:`-`. To see the current zoom on a webpage read the zoom from the right hand side of the address bar. To search for text in your tab press :kbd:`Control +F` or use the three horizontal lines and select :menuselection:`Find in page`. A search bar at the bottom of the window will appear. To move to the next result click the downward arrow on the screen or click the upward arrow on the screen to move to the previous result. To toggle highlighting every match check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight All` checkbox. To make the search not necessarily need to match capitalization uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To check if diacritical marks are the same check the :guilabel:`Match Diacritics` checkbox. To only match entire words check the :guilabel:`Whole Words` checkbox. To close out searching press the :guilabel:`X` button. To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`. To choose which printer to use use the :guilabel:`Destination` field. To change how many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Copies` field. To change the orientation of your webpage press either the :guilabel:`Portrait` or :guilabel:`Landscape` buttons. To choose which pages to print use the :guilabel:`Pages` field. To change where to print in color or black and white change the :guilabel:`Color mode` menu. To cancel printing press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To start printing press the :guilabel:`Print` button. -If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To reload a tab even one you are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press :kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To unmute a tab right click :menuselection:`Unmute tab` or press :kbd:`Control+m` or press the speaker button with the line through it. To open a new copy of a tab right click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move Tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move Tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move Tab --> Move to new Window`. To pin a tab to have it open in Firefox every time you close and reopen Firefox right click on the tab and select :menuselection:`Pin Tab`. To have a tab not be pinned anymore right click on the pinned tab and select :menuselection:`Unpin Tab`. To open a new private window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P` or press the three horizontal lines and select :menuselection:`New Private Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark Tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close Multiple Tabs --> Close tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Reopen Closed Tab`. +If you want a menubar for Firefox right click the main toolbar and click the checkbox for :menuselection:`Menu Bar`. To toggle showing a sidebar press the :guilabel:`book` button to the right of the address bar. To reload a tab even one you are not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Reload Tab`, press :kbd:`F5`, or :kbd:`Control+R`. To mute a tab even when you are not on it you can right clicking on the tab and then select :menuselection:`Mute Tab` or by pressing :kbd:`Control+m`. To unmute a tab right click :menuselection:`Unmute tab` or press :kbd:`Control+m` or press the speaker button with the line through it. To open a new copy of a tab right click on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`Duplicate Tab`. To move a tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move Tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right click on tab :menuselection:`Move Tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move Tab --> Move to new Window`. To pin a tab to have it open in Firefox every time you close and reopen Firefox right click on the tab and select :menuselection:`Pin Tab`. To have a tab not be pinned anymore right click on the pinned tab and select :menuselection:`Unpin Tab`. To open a new private window press :kbd:`Control+Shift+P` or press the three horizontal lines and select :menuselection:`New Private Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and :menuselection:`Bookmark Tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close Multiple Tabs --> Close tabs to the right`. To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Reopen Closed Tab`. .. image:: firefox-tab-context.png To search for a word in a webpage press :kbd:`Control+F` and then type what you want to search for in the searchbar that pops up. At the right of this bar will show :guilabel:`x of y matches` to see how many matches are on your search. To jump to the next result press the :guilabel:`Down arrow`. To Move to the previous result press the :guilabel:`Up arrow`. To see everything that matches the search result check the :guilabel:`Highlight All`. To have Firefox match the capitalization of searches check the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To have Firefox search to only match the entire word check the :guilabel:`Whole Words` checkbox. Firefox offers to save passwords of websites with a popup when you enter in a password and press :guilabel:`Save`. This will have Firefox remember the password so you do not have to remember it. Firefox however stores these in your browser and you can access them from the three bars :menuselection:`Passwords`. To search what sites you have saved logins for type in the :guilabel:`Search Logins` bar at the top. On the left hand side bar lists each saved login for each site and to get to one login left click on the site. Once on a login click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy the password to login to a site. To view a password of what you have saved click the :guilabel:`eyeball` button which will show your saved passwords. To hide your password again press the :guilabel:`crossed out eyeball`. To stop storing a login in Firefox press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To change a saved password you can press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. Customizing ----------- -If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu --> Preferences`. To have your session restored each time you restart Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your previous session's tabs when you close Firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. To change your default fonts and colors use the :guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To select the default font choose :guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the :guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the :guilabel:`Zoom text only` checkbox. The radio button group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save downloads or always ask to save files. To toggle drm controlled content check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox. If you want to turn off picture in picture mode for videos uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable picture in picture video controls`. +If you want to view your Firefox preferences you can type about:preferences into the address bar or :menuselection:`Hamburger menu --> Settings`. To find something in settings search in the :guilabel:`Find in settings` box. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for opening Firefox after closing and the appearance of Firefox. To have your session restored each time you restart Firefox is to check the :guilabel:`Open previous windows and tabs` checkbox. To switch between which tabs you were recently using by pressing control and tab at the same time check the :guilabel:`Ctrl + Tab cycles through tabs in recently used order`. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`Open links in new tabs instead of new windows` which is checked by default. The checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link, image or media in a new tab switch to it immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. To confirm closing multiple tabs check the :guilabel:`Confirm before closing multiple tabs` checkbox. To not confirm when quitting by :kbd:`control + q` uncheck the :guilabel:`Confirm before quitting with ctrl+Q`. -To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose :menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored Stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or visited recently. To change how many rows of highlights are shown use the drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`. +To tell websites what theme to use use the themes under :guilabel:`Website appearance`. To use your system theme for Firefox check the :guilabel:`System theme` button. To switch to always using a light theme on Firefox press the :guilabel:`Light` button. To always use a dark theme for Firefox press the :guilabel:`Dark` button. To switch back to the default Firefox theme press the :guilabel:`Firefox theme` button. To change your default fonts and colors use the :guilabel:`Fonts and Colors` section. To change colors for Firefox press :guilabel:`Manage Colors` button. To select the default font choose :guilabel:`Default font` from the field. To select a different font size change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the default zoom change the :guilabel:`Default zoom` field. To only zoom the text check the :guilabel:`Zoom text only` checkbox. To choose where to download files change where to download in the :guilabel:`Save files to` field. To always ask to save files check the :guilabel:`Always ask you where to save files` checkbox. To toggle drm controlled content check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Play DRM-controlled content` checkbox. -.. image:: prefrenceshome.png +To middle click and then scroll by moving the mouse check the :guilabel:`Use autoscrolling` checkbox. To turn off smooth scrolling in Firefox uncheck the :guilabel:`Use smooth scrolling` checkbox. To have Firefox always show scrollbars check the :guilabel:`Always show scrollbars` checkbox. To always use the cursor keys for navigation check the :guilabel:`Always use the cursor keys to navigate within pages` checkbox. If you want to turn off picture in picture mode for videos uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable picture in picture video controls`. -To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the :guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox. To try to autocomplete searches before browsing history check the :guilabel:`Show search suggestions ahead of browsing history in address bar results` checkbox. +To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down lets you select the Firefox home or a blank page when you first open the browser. The :guilabel:`New tabs` menu lets you choose :menuselection:`Firefox Home` or :menuselection:`Blank Page` when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` lets you toggle whether to show a web search on the Firefox homepage. To show the sites you visit the most check the checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites`. To change how many rows of top sites to show use the drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Top Sites`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored Stories` checkbox to not have sponsored stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows site that you have saved or visited recently. To change how many rows of highlights are shown use the drop down menu to the right of :guilabel:`Highlights`. + +.. image:: preferenceshome.png + +To enable Firefox showing recent activity on the page for new tabs check the :guilabel:`Recent activity` checkbox. To change how many rows of recent sites change the :guilabel:`A selection of recent sites and content` checkbox field. To not show recently visited pages uncheck the :guilabel:`Visited Pages` checkbox. To not show recently saved bookmarks uncheck the :guilabel:`Bookmarks` checkbox. To not show things you recently saved to your computer uncheck the :guilabel:`Most Recent Download` checkbox. To not show pages you recently saved to pocket uncheck the :guilabel:`Pages Saved to Pocket` checkbox. + +To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`Search` tab on preferences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Add search bar in toolbar` changes whether you want a separate search bar or and integrated search bar for search and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`. To end up showing search suggestions in the address bar when searching check the :guilabel:`Show search suggestions in address bar results` checkbox. To try to autocomplete searches before browsing history check the :guilabel:`Show search suggestions ahead of browsing history in address bar results` checkbox. To get search suggestions in private windows check the :guilabel:`Show search suggestions in Private Windows` checkbox. To change settings for How Firefox handles security and privacy settings use the :guilabel:`Privacy & Security` tab. To increase protection against trackers press the :guilabel:`Strict` button and to switch back press the :guilabel:`Standard` button. To send website you do not want to be track header always press the :guilabel:`Always` button. To choose which sites data to clear out you can press :guilabel:`Manage Data`. If asking to save passwords is something you wish to turn off uncheck the :guilabel:`Ask to save logins and passwords for websites` checkbox. .. warning:: Deleting Firefox user data will log you out of online accounts and if you do not know your password you will need to recover your password or you may lose access to online accounts. -.. image:: prefreences-security.png +.. image:: preferences-security.png To see what websites store data on you locally press the :guilabel:`Manage Data` button. To clear all Firefox data you currently have press the :guilabel:`Clear Data` button. To have Firefox get rid of all cookies when Firefox is closed check the :guilabel:`Delete cookies and site data when Firefox is closed` checkbox. To have Firefox not autofill logins and passwords uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill logins and passwords` checkbox. To see your saved logins press the :guilabel:`Saved Logins` button. To chose what sites not to save passwords for certain websites press the :guilabel:`Exceptions` button. To set a password to access your logins on Firefox check the :guilabel:`Use a Primary Password` checkbox and then press the :guilabel:`Change Primary Password` button. To do this next you will need to enter the password twice to make sure you don't not accidentally make a typo and then press :guilabel:`OK`. To have Firefox not automatically save your address uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill addresses` checkbox. To view which addresses are saved press the :guilabel:`Saved Addresses`. To have Firefox not save credit cards uncheck the :guilabel:`Autofill credit cards` checkbox. To view or delete saved credit cards press :guilabel:`Saved Credit Cards` button. +To change how Firefox saves history change the menu next to :guilabel:`Firefox will`. To clear your browsing history right now press the :guilabel:`Clear History` button. + +To stop any of the following from showing up in search suggestion uncheck the checkbox for :guilabel:`Browsing history`, :guilabel:`Bookmarks`, :guilabel:`Open tabs`, :guilabel:`Shortcuts`, or :guilabel:`Search engines`. To not have search suggestion from the web make the :guilabel:`Suggestions from the web` button grayed out. To turn off Firefox sponsored search suggestions press the button to gray out the :guilabel:`Suggestions from sponsors` button. + +To change how Firefox deals with websites wanting permissions for Location, Camera, Microphone, Notifications, Autoplay, or Virtual Reality use the :guilabel:`Permissions` section. For each of these settings there is a :guilabel:`Settings` button that you can press to get settings for each. To see in the settings window which sites have a permission read under :guilabel:`Website` column. To change if a website can use something change the :guilabel:`Status` column. To remove a website from having permissions for something press the :guilabel:`Remove Website` button. To remove all websites from this permission press the :guilabel:`Remove All Websites` button. To search for one website in the list type in :guilabel:`Search Website` bar. To block all new requests for this permission check the :guilabel:`Block new requests` checkbox. To save the changes that you have made press the :guilabel:`Save Changes` button. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. + Version ---------- -Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 98. +Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox 103. How to Launch ---------------- To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also type and run .. code:: firefox from the terminal to run Firefox. You can also have Firefox directly open this manual from the command line with .. code:: firefox https://manual.lubuntu.me You can also launch Firefox from the quick launch by left clicking on the Firefox icon. The icon for Firefox looks like a globe with a red fox circling around it. Yet another way to launch Firefox is to press the browser button on your keyboard. diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/prefreences-security.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/preferences-security.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.1/2.1.1/prefreences-security.png rename to source/2/2.1/2.1.1/preferences-security.png diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/preferenceshome.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/preferenceshome.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0912ff35 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/preferenceshome.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/prefrenceshome.png b/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/prefrenceshome.png deleted file mode 100644 index e61f8631..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.1/2.1.1/prefrenceshome.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst b/source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst index f4789f19..ff744a3b 100644 --- a/source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst +++ b/source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst @@ -1,87 +1,87 @@ Chapter 2.1.4 Bluedevil and Bluetooth ===================================== Bluedevil is the default application to manage Bluetooth devices for Lubuntu. Pairing ------- To launch Bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard` or from the command line run .. code:: bluedevil-wizard . If Bluetooth is disabled you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show detected Bluetooth devices under the heading :guilabel:`Select a device`. To choose a device to pair with left click on it. Click on the device you wish to add and press :guilabel:`Next`. Next you will be asked if your pin matches on your device to pair it. If the pin matches press the :guilabel:`Matches` button. If the the pin does not match press the :guilabel:`Does not match` button. .. image:: bluedevilwizard.png Sending files ------------- To send a file to another device after pairing with the device :menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send File` or from the command line run .. code:: bluedevil-sendfile to open the file sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which files to transfer. To choose the file navigate to the path and select the :guilabel:`Open` button. To choose which device to sent a file select the device under :guilabel:`Select a device from the list`. Then to actually send the file press the :guilabel:`Send files` button. On a mobile device you may need to press a button to allow the file transfer. .. image:: bluedevil-sendfile.png Shortcomings ------------ While Bluedevil can handle most basic operations, some tasks need to be completed via the command line. Here are some common tasks: Listing Paired Devices ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ You can list the devices that are already paired by running the following: .. code:: $ bt-device -l Added devices: FOO BAR (00:11:22:33:44:55) Connect to Paired Device Manually ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ To connect to `FOO BAR`, you would run: .. code:: $ bluetoothctl connect 00:11:22:33:44:55 Attempting to connect to 00:11:22:33:44:55 [CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes Connection successful Disconnect From Paired Device Manually ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ To disconnect from `FOO BAR`, you would run: .. code:: $ bluetoothctl disconnect 00:11:22:33:44:55 Attempting to disconnect from 00:11:22:33:44:55 [CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 ServicesResolved: no Successful disconnected More Commands ^^^^^^^^^^^^^ Running the following will give you many more options for configuration via the command line: .. code:: $ bluetoothctl -h Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 5.24.4 of Bluedevil. +Lubuntu ships with version 5.25.1 of Bluedevil. diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst b/source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst index a929961b..6c66a13a 100644 --- a/source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst +++ b/source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst @@ -1,44 +1,46 @@ Chapter 2.2.1 LibreOffice ========================= LibreOffice is the default open source full office suite for Lubuntu. In the menu there are shortcuts to different LibreOffice applications and your recently used files. Usage ------ To open a recently used file in LibreOffice they are shown in the main part of the window by pressing the :guilabel:`Recent Documents` button or :menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`. To clear your recent documents left click the arrow next to :guilabel:`Recent Documents` and select :menuselection:`Clear Recent Documents` or :menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents --> Clear List`. If you do not want a particular recent document shown in the center press the :guilabel:`x` button in the top right corner of that file. To open a program or to create a file from a file dialog are along the left hand column under the :guilabel:`Create` header. To open a particular file press the :guilabel:`Open File` button, press :kbd:`Control+ O`, or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To start a new document from a template press the :guilabel:`Templates` button and left click on the template you want. To choose a subcategory of tmeplates click the downward pointing arrow next to :guilabel:`Templates`. To close LibreOffice press :kbd:`Conntrol+ Q`. LibreOffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets you switch between a document in LibreOffice Writer and LibreOffice Calc. To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and select the window that you want to switch to. LibreOffice if you shutdown without saving your work LibreOffice will automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a document press the :guilabel:`Discard` button. If you want to automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`Start` button. To finish recovery press the :guilabel:`Finish` button. If document recovery keeps on failing and won't launch run on the command line .. code:: libreoffice --norestore from the command line to stop crashes at document recovery. .. image:: loffice-restore.png If you are about to close a document without saving it in LibreOffice a dialog will popup asking :guilabel:`Save changes to document before closing?`. If you do not want to save what you were working on press the :guilabel:`Don't Save` button. To not quit LibreOffice press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Save the document to not lose your work press the :guilabel:`Save` button. -On non-English Lubuntu 22.04 installations there is a bug with Libreoffice not being localized see `here https://discourse.lubuntu.me/t/using-a-language-other-than-english-heres-how-to-get-libreoffice-in-your-language/3269`_ for a workaround. + +On non-English Lubuntu 22.04 installations there is a bug with Libreoffice not being localized see `here `_ for a workaround. + Screenshot ---------- .. image:: libreoffice.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 7.3.2 of LibreOffice. +Lubuntu ships with version 7.4.2 of LibreOffice. How to Launch ------------- -From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice` to launch LibreOffice or run +From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Start Center` to launch LibreOffice or run .. code:: libreoffice from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice is a white piece of paper with a folded right hand corner. diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/chartwindow.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/chartwindow.png index 5272a0bd..c5fe4207 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/chartwindow.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/chartwindow.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst b/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst index 0c07beb4..e6c0e6b3 100644 --- a/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst +++ b/source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst @@ -1,84 +1,84 @@ Chapter 2.2.2 LibreOffice Calc ============================== LibreOffice Calc is the default spreadsheet program for Lubuntu. Usage ------ To move between cells press the arrow keys in the direction you want to move. To enter data into cells type in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is to press the button that looks like :guilabel:`Σ` character and then drag the mouse over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing upwards. .. image:: calc-save.png To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder and add select the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`. To copy data you can right click :menuselection:`Copy`, press the button with two pieces of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control :kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, right click :menuselection:`Paste`, or press the button that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut text press :kbd:`control+x`, right click :menuselection:`Cut`, or press the scissors button to cut text. If you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`. To change to showing currency for the number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+4` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Currency`. To change to percentage press :kbd:`Control+Shift+5` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Percentage`. To switch back to a normal number press :kbd:`Control+Shift+1` or :menuselection:`Format --> Number Format --> Number`. To view values highlighted in another color to see them easier press :kbd:`Control+F8` or :menuselection:`View --> Value Highlighting`. To view a long list of functions to use :menuselection:`View --> Function List`. To select different functions left click on the function name in the column. To insert a function press the :guilabel:`fx` button. To sort by different categories of functions use the drop down menu to the right of the :guilabel:`fx` button. To close this function sidebar press the :guilabel:`x` button. To see a gallery of stock images for your spreadsheet :menuselection:`View --> Gallery`. To get a list of different categories of images beneath :guilabel:`Galleries` and left click to select your image. To move an image in from the gallery to your spreadsheet left click on the image and drag the image to where you want. To style part of your spreadsheet to bring lots of attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 1`. To bring slightly less attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 2`. To bring even less attention to a cell :menuselection:`Styles --> Accent 3`. To style a cell like a heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To have a slightly smaller heading :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To switch back to your original style :menuselection:`Styles --> Default`. To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To select an image to change how it appears in your spreadsheet left click on it. To resizing your image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on the box on a corner of your image. To stretch or shrink an image horizontally left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side and then release when in the giant position. To stretch on shrink your image vertically click on the box on the top or bottom and drag to your desired position. To change what image shows on the spreadsheet right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Replace`. To save an image in a spreadsheet right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save`. To remove an image from your spreadsheet press the :kbd:`Delete` key. If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on the letter for the column :menuselection:`Insert Column Before`. If you want the new column to the right is right click on the letter and :menuselection:`Insert Column After`. To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Above`. To insert a row below the current row right click on the number and :menuselection:`Insert Row Below`. To delete a row or column right click the number and select :menuselection:`Delete rows` or :menuselection:`Delete Column`. To change the size of a row or column of cells click in between the border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give yourself room. To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the reverse order to this you can have :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Descending`. To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control +y` or the number looping to the right and exiting to the left. To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To zoom to a particular percentage :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and select the percentage you want. Another way to change your zoom is the slider in the bottom right hand corner. To zoom in move the slider to the right and to zoom out move the slider to the left. .. image:: libreoffice_calc.png To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Column`. To select an entire row press :kbd:`Shift +Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`. To create a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet press the button on each sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet. To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert --> Special Character`. To select what character to insert left click in the center of the inserting character window. To search for a symbol type your search term into the :guilabel:`Search` field. To chose which group of symbols to choose from use the :guilabel:`Subset` drop down menu. To actually insert the symbol press the :guilabel:`Insert` button. .. image:: calc-specialcharacter.png To insert a hyperlink in LibreOffice Calc :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink` or press :kbd:`Control+K`. To actually type the address in the :guilabel:`URL` field. To switch to a button for the hyperlink use the :guilabel:`Form` button. To switch back to text use the :guilabel:`Form` drop down and select :guilabel:`Text`. .. image:: calc-link.png To make text bold in LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Bold`. To make text italic press :kbd:`Control + I` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Italic`. To have your text have a single underline :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Single Underline`. To align text in the center of the cells press :kbd:`Control +E` or :menuselection:`Format --> Align Text --> Centered`. To align text in the cells to the right of the cell press :kbd:`Control +R` or :menuselection:` Format --> Align Text --> Right`. To switch the text back to being on the left press :kbd:`Control +L` or :menuselection:`Format --> Align Text --> Left`. To align text so that the edges of each cell all line up with being stretched in the center press :kbd:`Control + J` or :menuselection:` Format --> Align Text --> Justified`. To align text to the top of the cell :menuselection:` Format --> Align Text --> Top`. To center thee text vertically in the cell :menuselection:`Format --> Align Text --> Center`. To align text to the bottom of a cell :menuselection:`Format --> Align Text --> Bottom`. To quit LibreOffice Calc press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Charts ------ To get to the dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The first selection is to choose a :guilabel:`Column`, :guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Pie`, :guilabel:`Area`, :guilabel:`Line`, :guilabel:`XY(Scatter)`, :guilabel:`Bubble`, :guilabel:`Net`, :guilabel:`Stock`, or :guilabel:`Column and Line` chart. To change the subtype of graph click the picture of a chart that looks like the type you want. To switch to the next step of making a graph press the :guilabel:`Next` button. .. image:: chartwindow.png The :guilabel:`Data Range` tab controls what data will be in the chart and how present it. To switch to basing the bottom axis of your chart on rows of data press the :guilabel:`Data series in rows` button. To choose to switch your bottom axis of your chart on columns press the :guilabel:`Data series in columns` button. To use the first row as a label on each item on the chart check the :guilabel:`First row as label` checkbox. To input a custom title on the first column of your chart check the :guilabel:`First column as Label` checkbox. .. image:: chart-data-range.png The :guilabel:`Chart Elements` tab controls labels and displaying legends on your chart. To add a title to your chart type your title in the :guilabel:`Title` field. To add a subtitle to your chart type it in the :guilabel:`Subtitle` field. To add a label to your horizontal axis type your label in the :guilabel:`X axis` field. To label your vertical axis type your label in the :guilabel:`Y axis` field. To have a vertical grid lines on your chart check the :guilabel:`X axis` checkbox. To have horizontal lines on your grid check the :guilabel:`Y axis` checkbox. To toggle displaying a legend on your graph check the :guilabel:`Display legend` checkbox. To move the legend to the left hand side press the :guilabel:`Left` button. To move the legend to the right hand side press the :guilabel:`Right` button. To move the legend to the top of the chart press the :guilabel:`Top` button. To move the legend to the bottom of the chart press the :guilabel:`Bottom` button. .. image:: chart-elements.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 7.3.2 of LibreOffice Calc. +Lubuntu ships with version 7.4.2 of LibreOffice Calc. How to Launch ------------- To launch LibreOffice Calc from the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Calc` or run .. code:: localc from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Calc is a piece of paper with a green icon with a spreadsheet on it. diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/impress-save.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/impress-save.png index e2cef985..ed0613df 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/impress-save.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/impress-save.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/impress-theme-select.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/impress-theme-select.png index 72fd36d2..3783e08a 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/impress-theme-select.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/impress-theme-select.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst index 50e328aa..5a2c74aa 100644 --- a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst +++ b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst @@ -1,133 +1,133 @@ Chapter 2.2.3 LibreOffice Impress ================================= LibreOffice Impress is the program to present presentations on Lubuntu. Features include: - Built in themes - Spell check - PDF export - Images Usage ------ When you open LibreOffice impress you will get a dialog to select a template with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking and then click :guilabel:`Open`. If you want to search for a theme type into the :guilabel:`Search` towards the upper left. To not show the presentation template at startup uncheck the :guilabel:`Show this dialog at startup` checkbox. To add a title to a slide click where it says click to add title. .. image:: impress-theme-select.png To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the file you want and open it or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To view your recently opened files press :menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`. To open a new presentation press :kbd:`Control + N` or :menuselection:`File --> New --> Presentation`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a PDF :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`. .. image:: impress-save.png To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. To insert a picture press the button with what looks like a photograph of a tree and select the file you want to insert or :menuselection:`Insert --> Image...`. To insert audio or video to your presentation :menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video` and a file dialog will popup for you to pick a file. If you don't want a music symbol to show on your presentation when presenting drag it outside the margins of the slide. To add a new slide to your presentation press :kbd:`Control+M`, right click on the side pane :menuselection:`New Slide`, or :menuselection:`Slide --> New Slide`. To delete a slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`, or right click on the slide in the side pane :menuselection:`Delete Slide`. To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your preferred layout`. To set an image as the background of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Set Background Image`. To move to the next slide press :kbd:`Page down`, :menuselection:`Slide --> Navigate --> To Next Slide`, or right click on a slide in the side pane :menuselection:`Navigate --> To Next Slide`. To move to your previous slide press :kbd:`Page up`, :menuselection:`Slide --> Navigate --> To Previous Slide`, or right click on a slide in the side pane :menuselection:`Navigate --> To Previous Slide`. To go to the first slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Navigate --> To First Slide` or right click on the slide in the side pane :menuselection:`Navigate --> To First Slide`. To navigate to the last slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Navigate --> To Last Slide`. To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Bold`. To make text italic with first select it and then press :kbd:`Control + I` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Italic`. To underline your text select it and then press :kbd:`Control+U` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`. To increase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift + Control +P` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Superscript`. To make text subscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift + Control + B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`. To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press :kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`. A dialog will pop up with different settings for your printer. To chose which printer to print to use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To change which slides use the :guilabel:`Range and Copies` button group. To change what paper size you are printing change the :guilabel:`Paper size` field. To change which way the paper is printed on change the :guilabel:`Orientation` field. To the left in a sidebar is a preview of what you will print. To view what page you are on and how many pages is in the bottom left of the sidebar. If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then press :kbd:`Control + C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text select it first and the press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. To paste text without formatting pres :kbd:`Control +Shift + Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`. To select all text press :kbd:`Control+A` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Center`. To have your text aligned to the right press :kbd:`Control +R` or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To align text to the left press :kbd:`Control + L` or :menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`. To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character` or right click on a textbox and select :menuselection:`Character` from the context menu. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The :guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu to choose what color to draw a line over something. .. image:: loformatcharacter.png The :guilabel:` Font Effects` tab has effects for your text. To have many different strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from the dropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for :guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of your underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color` menu. To have effects with how your is vertically with the rest of the line select the :guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your text superscript press the :guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your text subscript press the :guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for :guilabel:`Scale width` changes how much to scale the width of the font. To format the paragraphs and spacing of text :menuselection:`Format --> Paragraph`. The :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` Tab has settings for indenting your text and the space between lines. To increase the indent right before the text starts increase the :guilabel:`Before text` field. To change the indentation after your text change the :guilabel:`After text` field. To have a different indent for your first line change the :guilabel:`First Line` filed. To change the amount of space above a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To change the space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change the line spacing from this dialog window select the drop down menu :guilabel:`Line Spacing`. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your changes and exit the window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. .. image:: loimpressparagraph.png To change settings on the alignment of text is on the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To choose which way you want your text aligned choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified`. To switch between left to right or right to left text switch the :guilabel:`Text direction` menu. To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`. To move an item up in list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up` or press :kbd:`Shift + Alt + Up`. To move an item down in a list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down` or press :kbd:`Shift + Alt + Down`. To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To increase your spacing between paragraphs :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Increase Paragraph Spacing`. To decrease your spacing between paragraphs :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Decrease Paragraph Spacing`. To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal size only select the box on a vertical size of the box. To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find` to search for text. To move to the next search press the downward pointing arrow and for the previous press the upward pointing arrow. To toggle matching case check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To close the find searchbar press the :guilabel:`Red X` button. To change which To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control + H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`. To move to the next result press the downward pointing arrow. To move to the previous result press the upward pointing arrow. .. image:: impress-find-bar.png To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and drag to resize to the desired size. To insert the number of your slide :menuselection:`Insert --> Slide Number`. To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To change your zoom to 100 percent :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`. In the bottom right corner there is a slider for controlling zoom. To zoom in move the slider to the right and to zoom out move the slider to the left. To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a slide to the start :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide to start`. To move a slide to the end :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide to end`. To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> Slide Sorter`. To rearrange your slides click and hold a slide and drag the slide between the slides you want to move to. To have notes on each slide :menuselection:`View --> Notes`. Type your notes for each slide below the slide. To switch to an outline view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`. To change your view to grayscale :menuselection:`View --> Color/Grayscale --> Grayscale`. To view your presentation in black and white :menuselection:`View --> Color/Grayscale --> Black and White`. To switch back to color view :menuselection:`View --> Color/Grayscale --> Color`. To quit LibreOffice impress press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Screenshot ---------- .. image:: libreoffice_impress.png Images ------ To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. To move the image vertically which will distort it left click on the top or bottom boxes to resize the image vertically. To stretch your image horizontally to make it fit left click on the boxes on the left or right hand side to stretch your side. If you want to delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`. To rotate your image in LibreOffice impress right click on the picture :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate`. To rotate the image on the screen horizontally left click on the corner and drag the image to orientation you want. To leave the corners on the opposite side in the same place and move left click on the orange circle on the opposite side and rotate the image that way dragging to the desired position. To change the center of where you rotate click and drag the orange dot in the center. To flip your image vertically right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Vertically`. To flip your image horizontally right click on the image and select :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Horizontally`. .. image:: loimpressscreenshot.png To send your picture to the back like if you want to put text in front of it :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send to Back`. To send your picture to the front right click on it and :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring to Front`. To send an image behind one layer behind the other :menuselection:`Arrange --> Send Backward`. To bring an image forward one layer right click the image :menuselection:`Arrange --> Bring Forward`. Slide Customization ------------------- To bring up a dialog for the properties of your slides controlling background and shape with :menuselection:`Slide --> Slide Properties`. To change the format for a different aspect ratio of projector or print format change the :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu. To select a custom width and height change the :guilabel:`Width` or :guilabel:`Height`. To switch to a portrait orientation press the :guilabel:`Portrait` button to the right of :guilabel:`Orientation`. To add margins to slides enter a margin in the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Top`, and :guilabel:`Bottom`. To change how slides are numbered change the :guilabel:`Slide numbers` field. .. image:: slide-properties.png To change and choose a custom background use the :guilabel:`Background` tab. To choose a solid color background for your slide press the :guilabel:`Color` button. To choose a different background color choose a color below the :guilabel:`Color` heading. To change to a different color pallet change the :guilabel:`Palette` drop down menu. To see what your current background color of the slide is shown under the :guilabel:`Active` label. To see what color you want to change is under :guilabel:`New` as a preview of the new background color. To the individual red, green, and blue of your colors change the :guilabel:`R`. :guilabel:`G`, and :guilabel:`B` fields respectively. To change the hexadecimal code for the color change the :guilabel:`Hex` field. To actually change the color press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel your change of background use the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. .. image:: impress-background-color.png To choose a smooth transition use the :guilabel:`Gradient` button. To choose a preset gradient left click on the gradient on :guilabel:`Gradient` menu. To change the type of gradient use the :guilabel:`Type` and select it from the drop down menu. To see a picture of your background it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` text. To switch to manually changing the number of steps in the gradient uncheck :guilabel:`Automatic` checkbox and then change the :guilabel:`Increment` field. To change the center of the gradient change the two fields for :guilabel:`Center(X/Y)` to change the X and Y coordinates of the center. To rotate the gradient use the :guilabel:`Angle` field. To change your first color of your gradient change the :guilabel:`From Color` drop down menu. To change the second color of the gradient change the :guilabel:`To Color` drop down menu. To change the opacity of either color change the field that is a :guilabel:`Percent` for changing opacity. To change where the color starts change the :guilabel:`Border` field. .. image:: impress-background-gradient.png To choose a bitmap image as your background use the :guilabel:`Bitmap` tab. The :guilabel:`Bitmap` to the left shows you the bitmap pictures you can choose. The :guilabel:`Preview` shows you what your background will look like. To change what the bitmap does if it does not fit perfectly use :guilabel:`Style` drop menu. To scale as a percent of the image press the :guilabel:`Scale` checkbox. To change the where to start the bitmap change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu. To change to a geometric pattern for the background of your slide press the :guilabel:`Pattern` button. To select a preset pattern left click on a pattern under the :guilabel:`Pattern` heading. To preview your pattern view in under the text :guilabel:`Preview`. To change the foreground color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Foreground Color` drop down menu. To change the background color of your pattern change the :guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu. To customize your pattern by a grid left click on the grid under :guilabel:`Pattern Editor`. .. image:: slide-properties-background-pattern.png To choose a series of lines as your background press the :guilabel:`Hatch` button. To change how far between each line change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field. To view what your background will look like it is under the :guilabel:`Preview` window. To rotate the lines change the :guilabel:`Angle` field or move the slider. To change the type of lines use the :guilabel:`Line type` drop down menu. To change the color of lines use the :guilabel:`Line Color` drop down menu. To choose a particular background color of your background check the :guilabel:`Background Color` checkbox. Then use the :guilabel:`Background Color` drop down menu to choose your background color. To have your slides be transparent use the :guilabel:`Transparency` tab. To change your slides to be transparent click the :guilabel:`Transparency` button and to the right to change how transparent to make it. Slideshows/Presentations ------------------------ To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a TV with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from First Slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press :kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Start from current slide`. To exit the slideshow press :kbd:`escape`. To get to the next slide of the slideshow left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or right click previous. To move back to your first slide press the :kbd:`Home` key. To move to your last slide press the :kbd:`End` key. To bring up custom settings for your settings :menuselection:`Slide Show --> Slide Show Settings`. To change the presentation to in a window press the :guilabel:`In a window` button. To have the slideshow or presentation repeat afterwards press the :guilabel:`Loop and repeat after:`. To switch back to the default of having your presentation be fullscreen press the :guilabel:`Full screen` button. To change options on your presentation are under the :guilabel:`Options` heading. To toggle showing the mouse pointer check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Mouse pointer visible` checkbox. To toggle allowing animations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Animations allowed` checkbox. To toggle changing slides by clicking with the mouse check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Change slides by clicking on background` checkbox. To toggle the presentation always on top check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Presentation always on top` checkbox. .. image:: slideshowprop.png Version ------- - Lubuntu ships with version 7.3.2 of LibreOffice Impress. + Lubuntu ships with version 7.4.2 of LibreOffice Impress. How To Launch ------------- To launch LibreOffice Impress go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Impress` or run .. code:: loimpress from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Impress looks like a piece of paper with a red icon and a chart with bullet points on it. diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/loformatcharacter.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/loformatcharacter.png index 60c142a7..ed0613df 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/loformatcharacter.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/loformatcharacter.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/slide-properties.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/slide-properties.png index 329ef98e..48e45254 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/slide-properties.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/slide-properties.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/slideshowprop.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/slideshowprop.png index c8f46d7f..b16b8bd9 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/slideshowprop.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.3/slideshowprop.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst b/source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst index db0ee299..3a75fd51 100644 --- a/source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst +++ b/source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst @@ -1,40 +1,42 @@ Chapter 2.2.4 LibreOffice Math ============================== LibreOffice Math is the default application for typesetting equations on Lubuntu. Screenshot ---------- .. image:: libreoffice_math.png Usage ------ To save your formula you have written in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To print your formula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To view your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To save a file as a different name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`. .. image:: math-save.png -To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. To select all text press :kbd:`Control+A` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. +To paste text into LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +V`, right click :menuselection:`Paste`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control+C`, select text right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. To select all text press :kbd:`Control+A` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To undo changes in LibreOffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press :kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`. -The left hand side has many symbols you can use for say set relations and other operators. To insert even more symbols :menuselection:`Tools --> Symbols`. +The left hand side has many symbols you can use for say set relations and other operators. To change which groups of symbols you are currently using change the menu to the top of the sidebar with symbols on the left. If the symbol usually has a variable or operand on on a side or something it will have a box to that side. To toggle hiding this sidebar check/uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Elements`. To temporarily collapse a sidebar click the arrows pointing towards the edge of the window. To expand the windows again press the arrow to go back towards the outside. To insert even more symbols :menuselection:`Tools --> Symbols`. -To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`. +To type into a formula the bottom part of the window has what is inserted into the formula. You can also insert many operators or brackets by right clicking and then selecting the symbol. + +To change the fonts of your formulas :menuselection:`Format --> Fonts` which brings up a window for fonts for different contexts. To change your font size :menuselection:`Format --> Font sizes`. To bring up a menu to change your alignment :menuselection:`Format --> Alignment`. To align text to the left press the :guilabel:`Left` button. To center text press the :guilabel:`Centered` button. To change alignment to the right press the :guilabel:`Right` button. To change zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom` and select the zoom you want. In the bottom right hand corner there is a zoom slider. To zoom in move the slider to the right and to zoom out move the slider to the left. To quit LibreOffice Math press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with Version 7.3.2 of LibreOffice Math. +Lubuntu ships with Version 7.4.2 of LibreOffice Math. How to Launch ------------- To launch LibreOffice Math in the menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Math` or run .. code:: lomath from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Math looks like a piece of paper with the math symbol for square root of x. diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.4/math-save.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.4/math-save.png index b610c0b0..c6fccd8c 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.4/math-save.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.4/math-save.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.png index bcaccb6d..f38fd225 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst index 0970409d..1a80b92a 100644 --- a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst +++ b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst @@ -1,155 +1,155 @@ Chapter 2.2.5 LibreOffice Writer ================================ LibreOffice Writer is the default word processing application on Lubuntu. Features: - No ribbon - One button PDF export - Many file formats to output - Spellcheck - Wordcount Usage ------ To use LibreOffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press :kbd:`control + o`. To load or save a file from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent Documents`. To have save your file as a PDF press the button that is a sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File --> Export` and select the file type as PDF. To export as a PDF file :menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as PDF`. To export your document as ann epub :menuselection:`File --> Export AS --> Export as EPUB`. This same export menu will let you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with Microsoft word. .. image:: writer-save.png -To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select from the drop down menu. To make your text bold you can select the text with the mouse and press the button that looks like **B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. To make the font italic press the button that looks like *I* or press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting the text or keep typing with it to be italic. To have an underlined text select the text and press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make strikethrough press the button that is a s with a line through it. If you want a floating window on how to style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`. +To change the font size there is a drop down box with a number in it you can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select from the drop down menu. To make your text bold you can select the text with the mouse and press the button that looks like **B** or press :kbd:`control + B`. To make the font italic press the button that looks like *I* or press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting the text or keep typing with it to be italic. To have an underlined text select the text and press :kbd:`Control +U` or press the underlined :guilabel:`U` button. To change the style of underline press the downard pointed arrow next the underlined :guilabel:`U` button. To make strikethrough press the button that is a s with a line through it. If you want a floating window on how to style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`. To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text select it first and then press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To paste with no formatting press :kbd:`Control + Alt + Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`. To change your spacing around your character :menuselection:`Format --> Paragraph`. To manage your indentation and spacing between paragraphs and lines use the :guilabel:`Indents & Spacing` tab. The :guilabel:`Before text` field is how much indentation before each line of text. The :guilabel:`After text` is how much of an indent to put after the text. The :guilabel:`First line` field shows how you want the first line indented. To add a space above each paragraph increase the :guilabel:`Above paragraph` field. To add a space below a paragraph change the :guilabel:`Below paragraph` field. To change line spacing in this window change the :guilabel:`Line Spacing` field. .. image:: indents-spacing.png To change alignment from this window use the :guilabel:`Alignment` tab. To change the alignment choose the :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Right`, :guilabel:`Center`, or :guilabel:`Justified` radio button to align text that way. The :guilabel:`Borders` tab has settings for your border. The :guilabel:`Style` menu lets you change what kind of line is used for the border. To change the width of your border change the :guilabel:`Width` field. To choose a different presets of border type press the buttons under :guilabel:`Presets` and will be previewed in the box below. The buttons under :guilabel:`Position` change where the shadow is relative to the text. The field :guilabel:`Distance` is how far the shadow is offset from the border. To change the color of your shadow change the :guilabel:`Color` menu. .. image:: lowriter_paragraph.png -To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the :guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To change how many characters to leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox. +To change what how the text deals with page breaks and paragraphs use the :guilabel:`Text Flow` tab. To automatically use hyphens check the :guilabel:`Automatically` checkbox. To not hyphenate words with capital letters check the :guilabel:`Don't hyphenate words in CAPS` checkbox. To not hyphenate the last word check the :guilabel:`Don't hyphenate the last word` checkbox. To change how many characters to leave before the hyphen change the :guilabel:`Characters at line end` field. To change how many character after the hyphen on the next line change the :guilabel:`Characters at line begin`. To set a maximum number or hyphens change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of consecutive hyphens` field. To toggle not putting a short bit of text at the bottom of a page or column check the :guilabel:`Orphan control` checkbox. To change how many lines to not allow to be separated change the :guilabel:`lines` field to the right of :guilabel:`Orphan control`. To stop a few lines of text alone at the top check the :guilabel:`Widow control` checkbox. To change how many lines you of text to change the :guilabel:`Lines` field to the right of :guilabel:`Widow control`. If you do not want orphan or widow control check the :guilabel:`Do not split paragraph` checkbox. .. image:: text-flow.png To undo your changes on the paragraph window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and a red underline this will bring down several different colors you can change your text to a color you want. You can also change your font color through the :menuselection:`Format --> Character` window. To make text superscript press the button with A :sup:`B`. To make text subscript press the button that is an A :sub:`B`. -If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the button that looks like a T with a box around it or :menuselection:`Insert --> Text box`. To insert a hyperlink press :kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`. +If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the button that looks like a :guilabel:`T with a box around it` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Text box`. To insert a hyperlink press :kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`. .. image:: libreoffice_writer.png To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a checkmark, from the :menuselection:`Tools --> Spelling` or press :kbd:`f7`. When you have the spellcheck window open to change what language you are checking the spelling for change the :guilabel:`Text language` field. When you have what spell check thing is a typo it will be highlighted in red with context of where that appears in your document. If you think this is not an error just for this time press the :guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To not change this at every time this occurs in the document press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If what you wrote is correct and never want it marked wrong again press the :guilabel:`Add to Dictionary` button. Below what spellcheck thinks is an error will show :guilabel:`Suggestions` on what you it thinks it should correct. To select a different suggestions left click on it to select that suggestion. To replace what spellcheck thinks is an error with the suggestion press the :guilabel:`Correct` button. To replace the supposed error with the suggestion in the entire document press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. To have this error be autocorrected press the :guilabel:`Always Correct` button. .. image:: lowriter-spellcheck.png To view how your document looks before printing it :menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+ p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To toggle the preview on or off check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Preview` checkbox. To the left of the print dialog will have a preview on the left hand side. Below the preview there is a range of different pages showing which page you are previewing and how many pages the document you are printing is showing. To select which printer to use use the :guilabel:`Printer` drop down menu. To choose which pages to print there are buttons under :guilabel:`Range and Copies` heading. To change which side to print on change the :guilabel:`Paper sides` field. To change how many copies you are printing change the :guilabel:`Number of copies` field. To print in reverse order check the :guilabel:`Print in reverse order` checkbox. To change what paper size you are printing change the :guilabel:`Paper size` field. To change which direction the words are printed on the paper use the :guilabel:`Orientation` field. To change how many pages per sheet you print use the :guilabel:`Pages per sheet` field. To which order the pages are printed change the :guilabel:`Order` field. To preview which order the different pages are ordered to the right see the number of the page on the screen towards the bottom right of the print dialog. To draw a border around multiple pages check the :guilabel:`Draw a border around each page` checkbox. .. image:: lowriter-print.png -To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection from the same spot. The word count is also shown on the very bottom of the window. +To change view or change your printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your word count of how many words are currently in the document is with nothing selected at the bottom of the LibreOffice writer window. If you select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection from the same spot. The word count is also shown on the very bottom of the window. To bring up a popup window with your wordcount :menuselection:`Tools --> Word Count`. -To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To insert a page break press :kbd:`control + enter` or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`. +To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the :guilabel:`Ω` symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. If you use a symbol a lot you can quickly select it by pressing the downward pointing arrow next to the :guilabel:`Ω` button. To insert a page break press :kbd:`control + enter` or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`. .. image:: specialcharacters.png To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow arrow pointing to the left. If you accidentally undid code redo or press the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for which steps to undo and redo. To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines centered or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Centered`. To have your text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Right`. To have your text aligned to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has solid horizontal lines all of equal length to center justify the text or :menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Justified`. If you want to change your line spacing of your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 1.5` for one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`. To Insert a page number :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page number`. To insert the current time into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Time`. To insert the current date into the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Date`. To insert the number of pages in the document :menuselection:`Insert --> Field --> Page count`. To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert --> Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> Footer --> Default style`. To get back to writing the main part of the document left click on the body of the document. To add a comment inline into the document press :kbd:`Control+Alt+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Comment`. Type your comment in the yellow box to the right to leave a note on that comment. To leave a reply to this comment press the downward pointing arrow :menuselection:`Reply`. To insert a mathematical formula into your document you are process :menuselection:`Insert --> Object --> Formula` and a user interface similar to LibreOffice math will appear allowing you to insert the formula. To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. If you want to select text with a rectangle with how you draw the mouse press :kbd:`Alt + Shift +F8` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Selection Mode --> Block Area`. To switch back to normal selection :menuselection:`Edit --> Selection Mode --> Standard`. To jump to a specific page press :kbd:`Control + G` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Go to Page` and a dialog will pop up. To enter a page number in the :guilabel:`Page` field and click :guilabel:`OK` to go to that page. To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage :menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view :menuselection:`View --> Menu`. To toggle a vertical scrollbar :menuselection:`View --> Scrollbars --> Vertical Scroll bar`. To have a horizontal scrollbar :menuselection:`View --> Scrollbars --> Horizontal Scroll bar`. To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or :menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`. To only toggle showing a vertical ruler :menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Vertical Rulers`. To toggle seeing formatting marks press :kbd:`Control + F10` or :menuselection:` View --> Formatting Marks`. To toggle making LibreOffice Writer press :kbd:`Control + Shift + J` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`. To zoom in a bit more and not see the margins on the page :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Optimal View`. To zoom to 100 percent zoom :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> 100%`. Another way to change zoom is there is a zoom slider in the bottom right hand corner to increase zoom in move the slider to the right and to zoom out move the slider to the left. To insert a watermark on the background of the page :menuselection:`Format --> Watermark`. To change what the watermark says input that into the :guilabel:`Text` field. To change the font of the watermark change the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the angle from horizontal text use the :guilabel:`Angle` field in degrees. To change your how transparent the water mark is change the :guilabel:`Transparency` has 100 as entirely clear and 0 as entirely opaque. To change the color of the watermark use the :guilabel:`Color` drop down pop up menu. .. image:: lowriter_watermark.png To leave LibreOffice Writer press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Columns ------- To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says :guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. To change the spacing between the two columns change the :guilabel:`Spacing` field. To have a line to separate your columns use the :guilabel:`Style` drop down menu to select the lines. To change the color of your lines change the :guilabel:`Color` drop down menu. When you are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. .. image:: columns.png To add a column break to the next column press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Enter` or :menuselection:`Insert --> More Breaks --> More Column Breaks`. Comments -------- To add a comment to a file with LibreOffice Writer press :kbd:`Control +Alt +C`, right click :menuselection:`Insert Comment`, or :menuselection:`Insert --> Comment`. To add text on the comment click in the yellow area and type in your comment. To delete a comment press the downward pointed arrow in the yellow comment and select :menuselection:`Delete Comment`. To get back in the body of the document click in the white part towards the left of the document. To read when a comment was made look at the bottom of the comment in yellow. .. image:: comments.png Lists ----- To add a list of bullet points press :kbd:`Shift +F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Bulleted Lists`. To start a numbered lists press :kbd:`F12` or :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered List`. To move an item up in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Up`. To move an item down in your list :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Move Down`. To demote a point to a subpoint :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Demote One Level`. To promote this point back up to its previous level :menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Promote One Level`. Find And Replace ---------------- To search for text in your document press :kbd:`Control +F`, :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> Find`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find` which pops up a toolbar on the bottom. To enter the text to search enter into the searchbar on the bottom. To go to the next result press the downward pointed arrow button. To go to the previous result press the upward pointing arrow button. To close out of finding text click the :guilabel:`red circle x button`. To not match case uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. .. image:: lowriter_findbar.png To find and replace text press :kbd:`Control+ H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find & Replace`. To have what text you want to be find in the document to be replaced in the :guilabel:`Find` field. To have the end result of what you after replacing in the :guilabel:`Replace` field. To find and select all occurrences of the string in the :guilabel:`Find` field click the :guilabel:`Find All` button. To replace every occurrence of the word of find press the :guilabel:`Replace All` button to change everything. Styles ------ To quickly set a title for your your document :menuselection:`Styles --> Title`. To choose a quick subtitle for your document :menuselection:`Styles --> Subtitle`. To choose to style something as a heading press :kbd:`Control+1` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 1`. To choose a style of a subheading press :kbd:`Control+2` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 2`. To choose an even lower level heading press :kbd:`Control+F3` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Heading 3`. To quickly switch to a bulleted list :menuselection:`Styles --> Bulleted List`. To switch to a numbered list :menuselection:`Styles --> Numbered List`. To have a list styled with uppercase letters :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Uppercase List`. To switch to a list with lowercase letters choose :menuselection:`Styles --> Alphabet Lowercase List`. To get a list with uppercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Uppercase List`. To make a list with lowercase roman numerals select :menuselection:`Styles --> Roman Lowercase List`. To get back to your original normal style press :kbd:`Control+0` or :menuselection:`Styles --> Text Body`. Images ------ To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes around the corner to resize the image. To remove an image you decide you do not want in your document press the :kbd:`Delete` key. To rotate an image to the right left click on it to select it and right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Right`. To rotate an image to the left right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 90° Left`. To rotate an image to fix it appearing upside-down left click the image and right click :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate 180°`. To get an image back to its original position :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Reset Rotation`. To rotate an image freely by the mouse :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Rotate` and drag with the mouse to where you want the image rotated. To flip your image vertically right click on the image :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your picture horizontally :menuselection:`Rotate or Flip --> Flip Horizontally`. .. image:: lowriterimageexample.png Tables ------ To insert a table :menuselection:`Table --> Insert Table` and a table dialog window will popup. To change the number of columns change the :guilabel:`Columns` field. To change the number of rows change the :guilabel:`Rows` field. To view a different styles for your table are under the :guilabel:`Style` menu and you can see a preview to the right of the menu. To input text into a part of the table simply left click over that part of the table. To move to another part of the table with the arrow key with the direction you want to go. .. image:: table_insterting.png To add a row above your current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Rows Above`. To add a row below the current row :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Rows Below`. To add a column before the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns Before`. To add a column after the current one :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Columns After`. To add multiple rows or columns :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Rows` or :menuselection:`Table --> Insert --> Column`. To switch how many of multiple rows or columns change the :guilabel:`Number` field. To switch to adding rows or columns above or below press the :guilabel:`Below Selection` button. To actually add the rows or columns press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To delete a row :menuselection:`Table --> Delete --> Rows`. To delete a column :menuselection:`Table --> Delete --> Columns`. To delete the whole table :menuselection:`Table --> Delete --> Table`. Document Properties ------------------- To bring up a window with properties of your document :menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows metadata about the file including creation or modification time. .. image:: lowriter-doc-properties.png The :guilabel:`Description` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have comments about the document. The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for embedded fonts to make sure they always display properly. To embed any fonts you check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in the document` checkbox. To only embed the fonts needed to see the document check the :guilabel:`Only embed fonts that are used in documents` checkbox. To chose to embed fonts with a Latin script check the :guilabel:`Latin fonts` checkbox. To embed Asian fonts check the :guilabel:`Asian fonts` checkbox. To embed complex fonts check the :guilabel:`Complex fonts` checkbox. To see statistics on your document use the :guilabel:`Statistics` tab. To see how many pages are in your document look at the :guilabel:`Pages` row. To see how many tables are in a document see the :guilabel:`Tables` row. To see how many images are in your document read the :guilabel:`Images` row. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice Writer version 7.3.2 +Lubuntu ships with LibreOffice Writer version 7.4.2 How to Launch ------------- To launch go to menu :menuselection:`Office --> LibreOffice Writer` or run .. code:: lowriter from the command line. The icon for LibreOffice Writer looks like a piece of paper with several lines of writing. diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/lowriter_paragraph.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/lowriter_paragraph.png index 65c57597..187d16d2 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/lowriter_paragraph.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/lowriter_paragraph.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/writer-save.png b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/writer-save.png index 418565f8..84ee2e36 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/writer-save.png and b/source/2/2.2/2.2.5/writer-save.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-pref-image.png b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-pref-image.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb816021 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-pref-image.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-pref-window.png b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-pref-window.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f53ee39 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-pref-window.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-prefrences.png b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-prefrences.png index 7d993cc4..a7f1be6c 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-prefrences.png and b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-prefrences.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-shortcut-pref.png b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-shortcut-pref.png index f07e7bda..fac88bf0 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-shortcut-pref.png and b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-shortcut-pref.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-thumbnail-pref.png b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-thumbnail-pref.png deleted file mode 100644 index 578bc5b8..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage-thumbnail-pref.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst index 914c93af..38710c3d 100644 --- a/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst +++ b/source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst @@ -1,75 +1,79 @@ Chapter 2.3.1 LXImage ===================== LXImage is the default image viewer for Lubuntu. Usage ------ To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open File`, :kbd:`Control + O`, or press the button that looks like an upward pointing arrow. To open a directory full of images press :kbd:`Control+D` or :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory`. If you do not like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To open a new window of LXImage press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view the properties of your image by :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`. To view your recently viewed pictures :menuselection:`File --> Recently Opened Files`. To clear your recently opened files :menuselection:`Files --> Recently Opened --> Clear`. To reload your file after you save it again press :kbd:`Control +R`, press the circular arrow button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload file`. To have LXImage open the next file in a folder press :kbd:`Right arrow` and to view the previous image press the :kbd:`Left arrow`. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File --> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as something press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S`, the downward pointed arrow with an I on it, or :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save the file with the same file name press :kbd:`Control+S` or :menuselection:`File -->Save`. .. image:: LXImage.png If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the :menuselection:`File --> Pint` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a print dialog. To exit the window with a keyboard shortcut press the :kbd:`Escape` key. If you want to upload a picture to share it online press :menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually upload the file press :guilabel:`Start`. The URL of the image will then show up from after it is finished uploading. You can then copy the URL by selecting the text and then pressing :kbd:`Control+C` or pressing the :guilabel:`Copy` button. .. image:: lximage_upload.png To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrow that points to the right, press :kbd:`R`, or go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Rotate Clockwise`. To rotate counterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left, press :kbd:`L`, or :menuselection:`Edit -->Rotate Counterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symbol on it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom In`, or press :kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass with a - symbol in it, :menuselection:`View --> Zoom Out` or press :kbd:`control + -`. -To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizontally`. To change the image to a different size :menuselection:`Edit --> Resize` and a dialog box will show up. To see how large your image currently is in pixels view the :guilabel:`Current size` dialog. To change how wide the image is change :guilabel:`Width` column in the :guilabel:`New size` row. To change the height of the image under :guilabel:`Height` and change to the desired size. To change which size your image is in percentage change the field with :guilabel:`%` under :guilabel:`Width`. To allowing stretching the image while resizing it uncheck the :guilabel:`Keep aspect ratio` checkbox. +To flip your image on the vertical axis press :kbd:`V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis press :kbd:`H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizontally`. To change the image to a different size :menuselection:`Edit --> Resize` and a dialog box will show up. To see how large your image currently is in pixels view the :guilabel:`Current size` dialog. To change how wide the image is change :guilabel:`Width` column in the :guilabel:`New size` row. To change the height of the image under :guilabel:`Height` and change to the desired size. To change which size your image is in percentage change the field with :guilabel:`%` under :guilabel:`Width`. To allowing stretching the image while resizing it uncheck the :guilabel:`Keep aspect ratio` checkbox. To rename a file press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename`. .. image:: lximage_resize.png To see how big an image is on the bar at the bottom :guilabel:`Size` will tell you the size in pixels of an image. To see where the current image is saved read the path in the :guilabel:`Path` field. To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste from Clipboard`. To copy the path of an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy Path`. To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` or :kbd:`page down` and conversely to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow` or :kbd:`page up`. You can also scroll between different pictures with the mousewheel or by pressing the right and left pointing arrow buttons on the toolbar. To jump to the first picture press :kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`. You can also go to the next or previous files with :menuselection:`Go --> Previous File` or :menuselection:`Go --> Next File`. To view thumbnails of the current directory you can toggle thumbnails by pressing :kbd:`T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails` and thumbnails will show at the bottom with a scrollbar at the bottom of the window to view the whole folder. To open the thumbnail of a picture in a another program such as one to edit that picture right click :menuselection:`Open With` and select the program you want to edit with or you can do this by :menuselection:`File --> Open With`. To rename an image after viewing it right click on the thumbnail select :menuselection:`Rename` and type the filename for the picture you want. To move a file to the trash can right click on it and select :menuselection:`Move to Trash`. .. image:: lximage-thumb.png -To view the picture entirely at its original size press :menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size` or press the :guilabel:`1` toolbar button. To show an outline around the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To toggle showing information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> Show EXIF Data`. +To view the picture entirely press :menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a vertical and horizontal arrow and a folded over bottom right corner. To return your image to its original size :menuselection:`View --> Original Size` or press the :guilabel:`1` toolbar button. To show an outline around the image :kbd:`O` or :menuselection:`View --> Show Outline`. To toggle showing information about the settings on the camera :menuselection:`View --> Show EXIF Data`. To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11`, right click :menuselection:`Fullscreen`, double click on the image, or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To exit fullscreen double click the image, press :kbd:`F11`, or right click :menuselection:`Fullscreen` again. To have a slideshow of you pictures in your current folder :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow` or right click and select :menuselection:`Slide Show`. Once you start the slideshow on the toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar or you can stop the slideshow by right clicking and selecting :menuselection:`Slide Show`. To close LXImage press :kbd:`Control+w` or :menuselection:`File --> Close`. Annotations ------------ To show annotations controls :menuselection:`View --> Annotations Toolbar` or right click and select :menuselection:`Annotations Toolbar`. To edit your images with LXImage there are several buttons on the right hand side of the toolbar. To draw and arrow press the button that looks like an arrow click once where you want the arrow to start and then drag the direction you want the arrow to point and click it where you want the arrowhead to be. To draw a hollow rectangle left click on the button with a hollow rectangle and click and drag to the size of the rectangle you want. To draw a hollow circle annotation press the button that looks like a hollow circle. To draw numbers on your pictures press the :guilabel:`3` button. To stop drawing annotations press the button with a circle with a slash through it. .. warning:: Annotations in LXImage cannot be undone with an undo functionality. Also you will not be prompted to save your unsaved annotations when closing LXImage. Customizing ----------- -To change preferences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Preferences`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for the appearance of LXImage. To change the background color in a window press the button next to :guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds)` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To apply your settings and exit the preference dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. To show the image outline by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show annotations toolbar by default`. +To change preferences in LXImage :menuselection:`Edit --> Preferences`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for recent files, thumbnails, and trash. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To not generate thumbnails for really large images change the :guilabel:`Thumbnailer size limit` field. To change how big thumbnails to use change the :guilabel:`Thumbnail image dimensions` field. To apply your settings and exit the preference dialog by pressing the :guilabel:`OK` button. .. image:: lximage-prefrences.png -The :guilabel:`Thumbnails` tab manages settings for thumbnails. To show the thumbnails dock by default check the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails dock by default` checkbox. To not generate thumbnails for really large images change the :guilabel:`Image size limit for built in thumbnailer` checkbox. +The :guilabel:`Window` tab manages how the window appears. To show the thumbnails dock by default check the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails dock by default` checkbox and choose where it is to the right. To show metadata about your pictures by default check the :guilabel:`Show Exif data dock by default` checkbox. To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show menubar by default` checkbox. To toggle showing the main toolbar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show main toolbar by default` checkbox. To show the annotations toolbar by default check the :guilabel:`Show annotations toolbar by default`. -.. image:: lximage-thumbnail-pref.png +.. image:: lximage-pref-window.png + +The :guilabel:`Image` tab has settings for how LXImage displays images. To change the background color in a window press the button next to :guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each slide to change change in a slideshow change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval (seconds)` field. To show the image outline by default check the :guilabel:`Show image outline by default` checkbox. To fit images when navigating check the :guilabel:`Fit images when navigating` checkbox. To smooth images when you zooming check the :guilabel:`Smooth images on zooming` checkbox. + +.. image:: lximage-pref-image.png The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab has settings for changing keyboard shortcuts in LXImage. To see what a shortcut will do read the :guilabel:`General` column. To change a shortcut double click on the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column and press what you want the shortcut to be. To reset keyboard shortcuts to default press the :guilabel:`Default` button. .. image:: lximage-shortcut-pref.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.0 or LXImage. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 or LXImage. How to Launch ------------- To launch LXImage from the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> LXImage` or run .. code:: lximage-qt from the command line. The icon for LXImage is an orange landscape scene of a sunset. diff --git a/source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst b/source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst index f2b893aa..399329fe 100644 --- a/source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst +++ b/source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst @@ -1,44 +1,44 @@ Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite ====================== -Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu. +Skanlite is the default scanning application for Lubuntu. Usage ------ To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`Preview` button and you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can press the :guilabel:`Scan` button to scan the document after this a dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you want to cancel your scan midway through the scan or preview click on the red octagon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button. -If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying "Sorry no devices detected" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. +If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying "Sorry no devices detected" while having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for :guilabel:`Scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. Changing the :guilabel:`Scan mode` allows you to select color to select color scanning or gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would want to print it out again. -To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To change your resolution change the scan resolution drop down and select the dots per inch you want to use. +To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To change your resolution change the scan resolution drop down and select the dots per inch you want to use. To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`Brightness` slider or input a positive or negative number into the numeric field. To change contrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` Checkbox. To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To clear selections that can be automatically selected but canceled with a brown smudge with an x on it. If you want to zoom to your selection right click :guilabel:`Zoom to selection`. If you want to zoom to fit the whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`. To change to your specific options for your scanner use the :guilabel:`Scanner Specific Options` tab. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 21.11.90 of Skanlite. +Lubuntu ships with version 22.04.3 of Skanlite. Screenshot ---------- .. image:: skanlite.png How to Launch ------------- To launch Skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your computer. To launch the application go to the menu :menuselection:`Graphics --> Skanlite` or run .. code:: skanlite from the command line. The icon for Skanlite looks like a scanner bed with a bar of light coming across as if doing a scan. Customizing ----------- To customize your settings for Skanlite press the :guilabel:`Settings` button. To choose where to save your scans enter the path in the :guilabel:`Save Location` field or press the button to the right. To ask what to save what you are scanning change the :guilabel:`Save mode` menu :menuselection:`Open the save dialog for every image`. To ask for each scan in the :guilabel:`Save Mode` menu select :menuselection:`Open the save dialog for first image only` selection. To choose the default save name and format enter in the :guilabel:`Name & Format` filed with a drop down menu for scan format. To choose what quality to save your quality check the :guilabel:`Specify save quality` checkbox. Then drag the slider or percentage to change the quality. To change the Dots per inch resolution when previewing check the :guilabel:`Set preview resolution` checkbox and then change field to the right side. To not automatically crop the selection check the :guilabel:`Disable automatic selections` checkbox. To get the scanner back to its default values press the :guilabel:`Revert scanner options to default values`. .. image:: skanlite-pref.png diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver.rst index c354fce1..0d1d35ea 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver.rst +++ b/source/2/2.4/2.4.1/lxqt-archiver.rst @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ Chapter 2.4.1 LXQt File Archiver ================================ LXQt File Archiver is the default program for dealing with archives like tar or zip files in Lubuntu. Usage ----- To open an archive file :menuselection:`File --> Open` or press :kbd:`Control+O`. Once you have an archive opened you should see many lists of files under :guilabel:`File name`. To open a file double click on that file to open it or right click :menuselection:`View Selected Items`. To switch to a different folder in an archive double click the on the folder under the :guilabel:`File name`. To extract all of the file to copy them into a folder on your filesystem :menuselection:`File --> Extract` or press the :guilabel:`Extract` button which looks like a box with a with an upward pointing arrow. Then a dialog will open to show you where to save the extracted files navigate to thee desired path and press :guilabel:`Open`. To extract just one file right click on the file and select :menuselection:`Extract`. To Delete an unwanted file from an archive right click on it and select :menuselection:`Delete` or select it and press :kbd:`Delete`. To view properties of an archive press :kbd:`Alt+ Enter` or :menuselection:`File --> Properties`. To stop lxqt-archiver from doing something press :kbd:`Escape`, press the octagonal or stop sign shaped button, or :menuselection:`View --> Stop`. .. image:: lxqt-archiver-open.png -To create a new archive press :menuselection:`File --> New` or press :kbd:`Control+N` and a dialog to create a file will be created. To choose what to name the file type the name in the :guilabel:`File name` field. To choose a password for your archive type in the :guilabel:`Password` field. Then to make the archive press :guilabel:`Save`. To add a file to the archive :menuselection:`Edit --> Add Files` or press the piece of paper button with a :guilabel:`+` on it. To select multiple files hold :kbd:`Control` and left click to select multiple files. To select which file to add navigate to it and press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To add an entire folder of files :menuselection:`Edit --> Add Folder` or press the :guilabel:`Folder button with +` and select the folder you want and then press :guilabel:`Open`. To add a password to an existing archive :menuselection:`Edit --> Password`. To show what password you currently have typed check the :guilabel:`Show password` checkbox. To also have the file list encrypted check the :guilabel:`Encrypt the file list` checkbox. +To create a new archive press :menuselection:`File --> New` or press :kbd:`Control+N` and a dialog to create a file will be created. To choose what to name the file type the name in the :guilabel:`File name` field. To choose a password for your archive type in the :guilabel:`Password` field. Then to make the archive press :guilabel:`Save`. To add a file to the archive :menuselection:`Edit --> Add Files` or press the piece of paper button with a :guilabel:`+` on it. To select multiple files hold :kbd:`Control` and left click to select multiple files. To select which file to add navigate to it and press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To add an entire folder of files :menuselection:`Edit --> Add Folder` or press the :guilabel:`Folder button with +` and select the folder you want and then press :guilabel:`Open`. To add a password to an existing archive :menuselection:`Edit --> Password`. To show what password you currently have typed check the :guilabel:`Show password` checkbox. To also have the file list encrypted check the :guilabel:`Encrypt the file list too` checkbox. To split the archive into multiple different volumes check the :guilabel:`Split into volumes of` and select the size of volumes in the filed to the right. .. image:: lxqt-archiver-new.png To navigate to a folder inside of an archive double click on it in the center of the window or double click on the left side pane. To move back up in a directory double click on the folder :guilabel:`..`. To reload the view of the archive press :kbd:`F5` or :menuselection:`View --> Reload`. To view the whole directory tree press :kbd:`Control+ Shift +Down arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Expand`. To view just the top level of directory tree press :kbd:`Control + Shift + Up arrow` or :menuselection:`View --> Collapse`. To search for files press :kbd:`Control +F` or :menuselection:`View --> Filter`. Type what you want to search for in the textbox at the bottom. To hide searching press :kbd:`Control+F` or :menuselection:`View --> Filter` again. .. image:: lxqt-archiver.png To toggle showing the toolbar in LXQt File Archiver :menuselection:`View --> Toolbar`. To Toggle showing the Statusbar at the bottom :menuselection:`View --> Statusbar`. To toggle showing the directory tree on the left :menuselection:`View --> Directory Tree`. +To close LXQt File Archiver press :kbd:`Control+Q`. + Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of LXQt File Archiver. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.6.0 of LXQt File Archiver. How To Launch ------------- To launch LXQt File Archiver :menuselection:`Accessories --> LXQt File Archiver` or run .. code:: lxqt-archiver from the command line. diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst index 26b0a457..0a8b23d9 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst +++ b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst @@ -1,122 +1,123 @@ Chapter 2.4.2 Featherpad ======================== Featherpad is Lubuntu's default lightweight text editor. It supports: - Tabs - Syntax highlighting - Autoindent - Autobracket - Line numbers - Search with find/replace - Undo and redo - Spellcheck Usage ------ To open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a plus sign, press :kbd:`Control+N`, or :menuselection:`File --> New`. If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a folder, :menuselection:`File --> Open`, or press :kbd:`control + o`. To open your recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button that looks like a floppy disk, :menuselection:`File --> Save`, or press :kbd:`control +s`. To save a file with a different file name press :kbd:`Control+Shift+S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To show your To reload a file if something else has changed that file in Featherpad press the arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift + R`, the button that looks like a browser refresh button, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to a file an :guilabel:`*` will show in the tab bar if you have unsaved changes. To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to a word processor. If you are programming with Featherpad the file extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax highlighting. To toggle syntax highlighting press :kbd:`Control+Shift+H` or :menuselection:`Options --> Syntax Highlighting`. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or :menuselection:`Options --> Line Numbers` and do the same thing to turn it off. The line numbers will show the current line number in yellow. To enable word wrap press :kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`Options --> Wrap Lines` and then press the same thing again to turn word wrapping off. To automatically indent lines press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`Options --> Auto-Indentation`. To toggle document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or :menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`. .. image:: featherpad.png :width: 80% +To delete the text to the start of a word press :kbd:`Control+ Backspace`. To delete to the end of a word press :kbd:`Control + Delete`. To delete to the end of the line press :kbd:`Control+ K`. To move a line up press :kbd:`Control+ Shift + Up`. To move a line down press :kbd:`Control Shift + Down`. To select one word double click the left mouse button. To select a whole line tripple click the left mouse button. To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press :kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next Tab`. Another way to open a new document in a new tab double click to the right of all open tabs. To switch to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. To close a tab press the :guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Side-Pane`. If have so many tabs they don't all fit in the window press the right and left arrows on the tab bar to move the tab bar that way or use the mousewheel to move the visible tabs in the tab bar. To move to the last text file you had visited press :kbd:`F1` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Active Tab`. To change to your last tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Up arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Last Tab`. To change to your first tab press :kbd:`Alt+ Down arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> First Tab`. .. image:: featherpad-sidebar.png If you have multiple copies of the same file open in Featherpad it will be open read only and shown in yellow. If you want to edit the file even though you have it open you will need to press :kbd:`Control+Shift+E`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Edit`, or press the button that looks like a pencil to actually edit the file. You should be careful as the file may not have the contents you expect when editing it in two tabs or editors. -To make text in Featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+ +` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in Featherpad smaller press :kbd:`Control+ -` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel down. +To make text in Featherpad bigger press :kbd:`Control+ +` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel up. To make text in Featherpad smaller press :kbd:`Control+ -` or hold :kbd:`Control` and move the mousewheel down. To reset the zoom press :kbd:`Control+ 0`. -If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select :menuselection:`Close Other Tabs`. To copy the path to the file you have open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File Path`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File Name`. To reorder your tabs left click and drag the tab to where you want it. To open the folder the file is in a fire manager right click and select :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. +If you want to close all tabs to the left right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Previous Tabs`. To close all tabs to the right right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`Close Next Tabs`. To only leave open the tab you right clicked on right click and select :menuselection:`Close Other Tabs`. To copy the file name right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File Name`. To copy the path to the file you have open right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Copy File Path`. To reorder your tabs left click and drag the tab to where you want it. To open the folder the file is in a fire manager right click and select :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. .. image:: featherpad-tab-context.png -If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`. +If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z`, right click :menuselection:`Undo`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`, or press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved arrow pointing towards the right, right click :menuselection:`Redo`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`, or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`. To input a number of spaces equal to a tab press :kbd:`Control +Tab`. -To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click :menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C`, right click :menuselection:`Copy`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V`, right click :menuselection:`Paste` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X`, right click :menuselection:`Cut`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key. To convert tabs to spaces :menuselection:`Edit --> Tabs to spaces` or right click and select :menuselection:`Tabs to spaces`. +To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A`, right click :menuselection:`Select All`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from Featherpad press :kbd:`Control +C`, right click :menuselection:`Copy`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control+ V`, right click :menuselection:`Paste` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press :kbd:`Control+X`, right click :menuselection:`Cut`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`. To paste in the date and time press :kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the :kbd:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the :kbd:`Home` key. To convert tabs to spaces :menuselection:`Edit --> Tabs to spaces` or right click and select :menuselection:`Tabs to spaces`. To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f`, the magnifying glass button, or :menuselection:`Search --> Find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text file. To not make the search case sensitive press the :guilabel:`Aa` button or press :kbd:`F5`. To only match whole words press the :guilabel:`...` button or press :kbd:`F6`. To use a regular express press the :guilabel:`Rx` button or press :kbd:`F7`. To make the search not case sensitive, whole word, or use a regular expression press the same button to turn that off. .. image:: featherpad-find.png To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or :menuselection:`Search --> Jump to` or the button that looks like :guilabel:`>>`. To select the text you jump to press the :guilabel:`Select Text` button. To jump to a particular line type the line number in the :guilabel:`Go to line` field. .. image:: featherpad-jump.png To find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r`, the button with a magnifying glass and a pencil, or :menuselection:`Search --> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file. .. image:: featherpad-find-replace.png -To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to change your font sizes. To choose a font that is not fixed width uncheck the :guilabel:`Programming Fonts` checkbox. To change the font use the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change font size change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the font weight use the :guilabel:`Weight` drop down menu. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Preview` and will preview your text. +To change what font you want select :menuselection:`Options --> Font` to change your font sizes. To choose a font that is not fixed width uncheck the :guilabel:`Programming Fonts` checkbox. To change the font use the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change font size change the :guilabel:`Size` field. To change the font weight use the :guilabel:`Weight` drop down menu. To make the font italic check the :guilabel:`Italic` checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Preview` and will preview your text. .. image:: featherpad-font.png To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options --> Encoding` submenu. To save with the current encoding :menuselection:`File --> Save with Encoding`. -To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To alphabetize your lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines Reversely`. +To make the text all lowercase first select it with the mouse press then :kbd:`Control + Shift +L`, :menuselection:`To Lower Case`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase select it first then press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U`, right click :menuselection:`To Uppercase`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> To Uppercase`. To capitlize the first letter of each word select the text and :menuselection:`Edit --> To Start Case` or right click :menuselection:` To Start Case`. To alphabetize your lines first select it then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines`. To sort the opposite way first select the lines then :menuselection:`Edit --> Sort Lines Reversely`. -To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To change how many copies to print change the number in the :guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the :guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages. +To print a text :menuselection:`File --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + p`. To change which printer you use have use the :guilabel:`Name` field. To get more options for printing press the :guilabel:`Options` button. To change how many copies to print change the number in the :guilabel:`Copies` field. To print on a certain range of pages use the :guilabel:`Pages From` field to choose a range of pages. To get to even more printer options press the :guilabel:`Properties` button. .. image:: featherpad-print.png -To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To quit Featherpad press :kbd:`Control+Q`. +To run an executable script press :kbd:`Control+E`. To stop running the executable you ran press press :kbd:`Control + Alt +E`. To quit Featherpad press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Spellcheck ---------- To open a spell check window press :kbd:`F2` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check Spelling`. If the spell check does not find a what you typed that spellcheck does not recognize will be shown from :guilabel:`Unknown word` followed by what is typed. If this is correct press the :guilabel:`Add To Dictionary` button to never have to deal with spellcheck marking this wrong again. To see what is wanted as a replacement for a typo see :guilabel:`Replace with` for the first suggestion and beneath this is a list of things to replace with. To choose a different suggestion left click on the suggestion to switch to it. To correct this typo just once press the :guilabel:`Correct Once` button. To correct this spell check every single time in your file press the :guilabel:`Correct All` button. To not change what you have typed in just this case press the :guilabel:`Ignore Once` button. To ignore what you have typed press in the entire file press the :guilabel:`Ignore All` button. If you do not have a spelling error on the bottom will appear a red bar saying :guilabel:`No misspelling from text cursor`. .. image:: Featherpad-spellcheck.png To view what words you have added to your dictionary :menuselection:`Edit --> User Dictionary`. Saving Sessions --------------- To open all the files if you work on several together in a session press :kbd:`Control+M` or :menuselection:`File --> Save/Restore Session` and a dialog will appear. To save your first session type a name to remember this and then press the :guilabel:`Save` button. To open your saved session click the name of the session on the top of the dialog and then press :guilabel:`Open`. To remove a saved session press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To remove all saved session press the :guilabel:`Remove All` button. To search for a particular session type in the :guilabel:`Filter` section. To include saving tabs from other windows in your session uncheck the :guilabel:`Save only in this window` checkbox. .. image:: featherpad-session-save.png Customizing ------------ -To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the :guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To have Featherpad appear on the same position it was when Featherpad was closed check the :guilabel:`Remember window position on closing` checkbox. To start with the side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. To turn of keyboard shortcuts with the :kbd:`Alt` keys for navigating menus check the :guilabel:`Disable menubar accelarators` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the same search history across all tabs use the :guilabel:`Use a shared search history` checkbox. To show where your cursor is on the statusbar at the bottom check the :guilabel:`Show cursor position on status bar`. +To view the preferences for Featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or :menuselection:`Options --> Preferences`. To change settings on how Featherpad handles the window use the :guilabel:`Window` tab. To have Featherpad be the same size as when you last closed it check the :guilabel:`Remember window size on Closing` checkbox. If you choose for Featherpad not to remember size you can change :guilabel:`Start with this size` field for height and width to start Featherpad. To have Featherpad appear on the same position it was when Featherpad was closed check the :guilabel:`Remember window position on closing` checkbox. To start with the side-pane on Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with side-pane mode`. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`Do not show toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the :guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. To turn of keyboard shortcuts with the :kbd:`Alt` keys for navigating menus check the :guilabel:`Disable menubar accelarators` checkbox. To use your system icons when possible check the :guilabel:`Use system icons when possible` checkbox. To have the searchbar hidden by default check the :guilabel:`Hide search bar by default` checkbox. To have the same search history across all tabs use the :guilabel:`Use a shared search history` checkbox. To show where your cursor is on the statusbar at the bottom check the :guilabel:`Show cursor position on status bar`. The :guilabel:`Tab position` menu moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close window on closing its last tab`. To have Featherpad open a new window when you are on a different virtual desktop check the :guilabel:`Always open in separate windows` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system. -.. image:: featherpadprefrences.png +.. image:: featherpadpreferences.png To change preferences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text` Tab. To have Featherpad remember what font you want press the :guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox.To have your Featherpad wrap lines if your line is too long by default check the :guilabel:`Wrap lines by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically indent new lines by default check the :guilabel:`Auto-indent by default` checkbox. To have Featherpad automatically insert closing brackets check the :guilabel:`Auto-bracket` checkbox. To have Featherpad replace triple periods and double hyphens with other characters representing the same thing check the :guilabel:`Replace triple periods and double hyphens while typing` checkbox. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line numbers. When you select text if you want it to be highlighted check the :guilabel:`Selection highlighting` checkbox. If you do not want Featherpad to highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight syntax by default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. To have Featherpad not highlight overly large text files change the :guilabel:`Never highlight syntax for files >` field. To have Featherpad show a dot for whitespace check the :guilabel:`Show whitespaces` checkbox. To show formatting marks when there is a line and paragraph ends check the :guilabel:`Also who line and document ends` checkbox. To show To have a dark color scheme for Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value` field. After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart Featherpad. To change how Featherpad will show dates type how you want the date in the :guilabel:`Date and time format` field. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ensure an empty last line on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailing spaces on Saving` removes whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much easier to see. To have your scrolling have inertia to keep scrolling the faster you scroll check the :guilabel:`Inertial scrolling with mouse wheel` checkbox. To change where Featherpad looks for a dictionary for spell checking change the :guilabel:`Hunspell dictionary path` field. To start spell checking from your current text cursor check the :guilabel:`Start spell checking from text cursor` checkbox. .. image:: featherpad-text-pref.png To modify changes to your files from the preferences dialog on :guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show recently opened files` for recent files in the menu. To clear your list of recent files :menuselection:`File --> Recently Modified --> Clear`. If you want to reopen the files you had last time the next time you open Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. To have Featherpad open with the files you had open last time check the :guilabel:`Start with files of last window`. If you want Featherpad to run executable scripts check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field. If you want to autosave files check the :guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then enter how often you want your files to be automatically saved. If you do not want to be able to open non text files in Featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of non-text files` checkbox. To paste the path of the copied files into Featherpad instead of the file themselves check the :guilabel:`Paste Paths instead of files` checkbox. .. image:: featherpad-files-pref.png To view all keyboard shortcuts of Featherpad switch to the :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If you changed a shortcut you can change it back to the default by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button. .. image:: featherpad-shortcuts.png To change what colors you use in syntax highlighting use the :guilabel:`Syntax Colors` tab. To change the color of built in functions click the color to the right of :guilabel:`Built-in Functions` and a window to pick your color will show up. To change the color of comments in syntax press the button next to :guilabel:`Comments` and a color picker window will pop up. To change how documents HTML or XML elements appear change the press the button next to :guilabel:`Document Blocks, XML/HTML Elements` button to have a color selection window appear. To change how extra elements are colors press the button next to :guilabel:`Extra Elements`. To change the color of functions and URLs in highlighting press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions, URLs`. To change how keywords of a programming language appear press the button next to :guilabel:`Keywords`. To change the color of markdown headings and CSS values press the button next to :guilabel:`Markdown Headings, CSS Values`. To change how numbers are highlighted press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To change how quotations are highlighted press the button next to :guilabel:`Quotations`. To change how you highlight regular expressions and code blocks press the button next to :guilabel:`Code Blocks`. To change how datatypes are highlighted press the button next to :guilabel:`Types`. To change how dark the whitespace appears in highlighting change :guilabel:`Whitespace color value`. To change how dark the currently highlighted line is change :guilabel:`Current line highlight value`. To restore syntax highlighting to default values press the :guilabel:`Default` button. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1.1 of Featherpad. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.3.0 of Featherpad. How to Launch ------------- To launch Featherpad from the menu go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> Featherpad` or run .. code:: featherpad from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a blue circle for with a pencil on it. diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpadpreferences.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpadpreferences.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a1f6852 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpadpreferences.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpadprefrences.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpadprefrences.png deleted file mode 100644 index e4a61a9a..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.2/featherpadprefrences.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst index 5bd65651..1f50eb4a 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst +++ b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst @@ -1,99 +1,103 @@ Chapter 2.4.3 KCalc =================== KCalc is the default scientific calculator application for Lubuntu. Features: - Trigonometric functions - Factorials - Built in mathematical and scientific constants. - Memory - Copy and paste Usage ------ To do simple arithmetic click the numbers or type them on your keyboard and then press the sign for addition, multiplication, subtraction, or division. You can also type in the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and the division symbol for division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`. To view a summary of each button you can mouse over to get a verbal description of the button. If you make a mistake entering in a number you can press the :kbd:`Backspace` key. .. image:: Kcalc.png To make a number negative press the button that looks like a :guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a whole number. To clear input from KCalc before the last operator press the button with a :guilabel:`C` on it. To clear all input from KCalc press the :guilabel:`AC` button. To group operations so they happen together use the parenthesis to make things grouped together for example 2*(2+3) would give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by two. You can also press the :guilabel:`(` or :guilabel:`)` buttons to make parenthesis to change the order of operations. To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`. To copy and answer out of KCalc press :kbd:`control + c` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy` from the menu. To paste a number into KCalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste` from the menu. To cut the text from KCalc press :kbd:`control +x` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut` from the menu. -To view your history what you have calculated in KCalc press :kbd:`Control+h` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Show History`. To hide your history do the same thing again. You can select text with the mouse in KCalc and then right click select :menuselection:`Copy` or press :kbd:`Control+C` to copy what you have previously calculated. +To view your history what you have calculated in KCalc press :kbd:`Control+h` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Show History`. To hide your history do the same thing again. You can select text with the mouse in KCalc and then right click select :menuselection:`Copy` or press :kbd:`Control+C` to copy what you have previously calculated. To select all of the history press :kbd:`Control+A` or right click :menuselection:`Select All`. + +.. image:: kcalc-history.png + +To get a main toolbar right click on the main menus and select :menuselection:`Main Toolbar`. To quit KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Scientific calculator mode advanced functionality ------------------------------------------------- If you want even more functionality of KCalc there is also scientific mode which is accessed from :menuselection:`Settings --> Science Mode` radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the reciprocal. The :guilabel:`x!` button read x factorial will take the number X you entered and multiple each number going down to 1 for example 5! would multiply 5*4*3*2*1. The x :superscript:`2` button will multiply x by itself or square x. The button with x :superscript:`y` will take x the number you have in will exponentiate x to the power of y. The x :superscript:`3` button will cube the result or raise it to the third power. The x 10 :superscript:`y` will end up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by 10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. To change the unit that angles are measured in for trigonometric units in KCalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button :guilabel:`Deg` is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, :guilabel:`Rad` selects radian as the unit of measurement of angles and :guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`Cos` button takes the cosine of the value in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`Tan` button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units. .. image:: kcalc-scientific.png If you make a mistake entering a long input into KCalc press the button that looks like a leftward pointing arrow button to correct your mistake just like pressing :kbd:`Backspace`. To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e, the natural logarithm, type the number you want to take the logarithm of then press the :guilabel:`Ln` button. The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different predetermined constants under the :menuselection:`Constants`. If you want a button for constants check the :menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Buttons` checkbox. To input the first constant press the :guilabel:`C1` button for the first constant and so on for the other constants. To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retrieve a value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button. Numerical System mode --------------------- To switch the calculator into number system mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Numeral System Mode`. The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the :guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For numbers greater than 10 for hexadecimal press the :guilabel:`A`-:guilabel:`F` buttons standing in for numbers 10-15 in base 10. When you are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the :guilabel:`Dec` radio button. .. image:: kcalcnummode.png If you type a number into in your numerical base you will see the underneath the buttons will show what that number is in that numerical base. Statistic Mode ---------------- To enter Statistic mode :menuselection:`Settings --> Statistic Mode`. To enter multiple entries of data press the :guilabel:`Dat` button to enter data. To show how many pieces of data you have entered press the :guilabel:`N`. To view the mean or average of all the data press the :guilabel:`Mea` button. To view the median of the data press the :guilabel:`Med` button. To clear the statistical memory press the :guilabel:`CSt` button. .. image:: kcalcstatistic.png Customizing ----------- To open configuration for KCalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ ,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KCalc`. To view your settings for precision or digit grouping use the :guilabel:`General` tab. To change the maximum number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. To have KCalc set decimal precision to only a certain number of places after the decimal place check the :guilabel:`Set decimal precision` checkbox and select the number of digits after the decimal place. If you ant to show the result in the window title check the :guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox. To have KCalc group digits together check the :guilabel:`Group digits` checkbox. To cancel and not apply your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button along the bottom. To apply your changes and not exit from this window press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. To restore the settings to your defaults press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To apply your changes if any and close this window press the :guilabel:`OK` button. .. image:: kcalcpref.png The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts. To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button font` and press the :guilabel:`Pencil` button to the font for the buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the display of the calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the :guilabel:`Pencil` button. To change what font will be used for displaying KCalc history change the :guilabel:`History font` field. .. image:: kcalc-font-screenshot.png The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to select. To change the background color of your display choose a different color on the :guilabel:`Background` button. To change the background color of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. To a change the color of the function button press button next to :guilabel:`Statistical functions`. To change the background color for hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds of the numbers buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Numbers`. To change the background of the memory keys press the button next to :guilabel:`Memory`. To change the background of operations press the button next to :guilabel:`Operations`. .. image:: kcalc-colors.png To change your settings for :guilabel:`Constants` use the constants tab. To input a constant you have in the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant. To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` to bring up a menu of predefined constants. .. image:: kcalc-constants.png To customize your shortcuts for KCalc :menuselection:`Settings --> Keyboard Shortcuts` or press :kbd:`Control + Alt + ,`. To see what your shortcut does read the :guilabel:`Action` column. To see what keys to press the shortcut is in the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see or set a second shortcut to see what activates this is in the :guilabel:`Alternate` column. To change your shortcuts press the :guilabel:`Custom` button and then left click on it and input the shortcut you want. To reset your shortcuts to default press the :guilabel:`Restore Defaults` button. To not make your changes to the shortcuts you made press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To use your new shortcuts as a calculator press the :guilabel:`OK` button. .. image:: kcalc-shortcuts.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 4:12.2 of KCalc. +Lubuntu ships with version 22.08.1 of KCalc. How to Launch ------------- To launch KCalc go to :menuselection:`Accessories --> KCalc` or run .. code:: kcalc from the command line. The icon for KCalc looks like a box with a + sign a - sign a multiplication sign and an equals sign. If your computer has a calculator key you can press :kbd:`Calculator`. diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-history.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-history.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..65862dac Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.3/kcalc-history.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/file-prop.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/file-prop.png index 3ed8eb68..125bb173 100644 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/file-prop.png and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/file-prop.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-preferences.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-preferences.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..295b0382 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-preferences.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-prefrences.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-prefrences.png deleted file mode 100644 index b9b1f5b1..00000000 Binary files a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt-prefrences.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst index 0cff5ba7..ee59ded5 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst +++ b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst @@ -1,193 +1,197 @@ Chapter 2.4.4 PCManFM-Qt ========================= Description ------------ PCManFM-Qt (PCMan File Manager) is the default file manager for Lubuntu ported to Qt after the original developed by Hong Jen Yee from Taiwan which is meant to be a replacement for Nautilus, Konqueror and Thunar. Features: - Tabs - Bookmarks - Places sidebar with removable media or directory tree - Ability to eject removable media - Ability to mount other filesystesms internally. Usage ------ -Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control +t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have moved in the file manager. Another way to go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press :kbd:`Alt+Up arrow`, press :kbd:`Backspace`, or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press :kbd:`f2`. +Along the top to create a new tab in PCManFM-Qt you can use the button with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control +t`. You also can double click on the tab bar to open a new tab. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have moved in the file manager. Another way to go back and forward is :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory or press :kbd:`Alt+Up arrow`, press :kbd:`Backspace`, or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Up`. To rename your files right click on the file and click :menuselection:`Rename` or press :kbd:`f2`. -If you double click on a folder you open that folder in PCManFM-Qt and it shows what files are in the folder you opened. If you want to open a folder in a new tab right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a folder in your terminal right click it and select :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To open a folder in a new window right click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`. +If you double click on a folder you open that folder in PCManFM-Qt and it shows what files are in the folder you opened. If you want to open a folder in a new tab right click on that tab and select :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a folder in a new window right click it and select :menuselection:`Open in New Window`. To open a folder in your terminal right click it and select :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. -To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press :kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close other tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close tabs to the left right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`. +To close a tab click on the :guilabel:`x` button on the tab bar, press :kbd:`Control +W`, or from the menu :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`. To close tabs to the left right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Close previous tabs`. To close all tabs to the right of this tab :menuselection:`Close next tabs`. To close all tabs but the current one right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close other tabs`. .. image:: pcmanfm-tab-context.png If you have installed multiple programs that can open a file right click and select :menuselection:`Open With --> Program you want to launch`. -To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or right click :menuselection:`Create New --> Blank File`, or :menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press :menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder`, right click :menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`, or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move to Trash` or select the file and press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on :guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`. +To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or right click :menuselection:`Create New --> Blank File`, or :menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press :menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Folder`, right click :menuselection:`Create New --> Folder`, or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from PCManFM-Qt will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a file into the trash right click that file :menuselection:`Move to Trash` or select the file and press :kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from the trash right click :menuselection:`Restore`. To permanently delete all files from the trash can right click on :guilabel:`Trash` in the places sidebar and select :menuselection:`Empty Trash`. To go back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go --> Home`. .. image:: pcmanfm-qt.png -To view a directory tree on your side pane select :menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the :guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane select :menuselection:`Lists` at the top of the side pane. To resize the side pane left click on the border between the side pane and main part of the window. +To view a directory tree on your side pane select :menuselection:`Directory Tree` from the menu above the side pane. To expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`>` to expand the files and the :guilabel:`˅` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. To open a folder from the directory tree in a terminal right click :menuselection:`Open in terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane select :menuselection:`Lists` at the top of the side pane. To resize the side pane left click on the border between the side pane and main part of the window. To toggle hiding the side pane press :kbd:`F9` or :menuselection:`View --> Side Pane`. .. image:: directorytreesidepane.png -To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press :kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the right hand side to manage files on the right on side. To navigate each side has its own set of buttons on top to navigate for that side. To switch back to your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split View` again. +To toggle having a split view to be able to view two folders in press :kbd:`F6` or :menuselection:`View --> Split View`. This split view allows you to have two folders open which is quite useful for copying files. To switch between the two different folders left click on the half of the screen to move to the left hand side to manage files and click on the right hand side to manage files on the right on side. The side of split view you are on will appear lighter and the side inactive will be shaded. To switch which side you are using simply left click on that side. To navigate each side has its own set of buttons on top to navigate for that side. To switch back to your normal view press :kbd:`F6` again or :menuselection:`View --> Split View` again. .. image:: split_view.png -If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file or press the :guilabel:`Plus` button to add that particular file. To remove a file if you select multiple files press the :guilabel:`- button that appears when mousing over a file`. To copy files select the file right click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click :menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press :kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right clicking :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, or pressing :kbd:`control +v`. +If you single left click on a file you will select it. If you double click on it you will open it in the default program to open that file. If you want to select multiple files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file or press the :guilabel:`Plus` button to add that particular file. To remove a file if you select multiple files press the :guilabel:`-` button that appears when mousing over a file. To copy files select the file right click :menuselection:`Copy`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`, or press :kbd:`control +c`. To cut files select them right click :menuselection:`Cut`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`, or press :kbd:`control + x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right clicking :menuselection:`Paste`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`, or pressing :kbd:`control +v`. -To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To bulk rename multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` or press :kbd:`Control+F2` and a dialog window will show up. To choose what to rename the selected files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. +To select all files in a directory is to press :kbd:`Control+ A`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`, or right click :menuselection:`Select All` for all of the files. To select what you don't have selected press :kbd:`Control + Shift+ A`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Invert Selection`, or right click and select :menuselection:`Invert Selection`. To bulk rename multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then :menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename` or press :kbd:`Control+F2` and a dialog window will show up. To choose what to rename the selected files choose :guilabel:`Rename selected files to` as what to rename your files. To choose what number to start numbering your files change the :guilabel:`# will be replaced by numbers starting with` field. To rename all these files press the :guilabel:`OK` button or to not rename them press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. .. image:: bulk-rename.png To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`Go --> Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you want to plug in removable storage you can open the storage on the left sidebar with devices. To switch to the removable media left click on the device in the side pane. This also applies to other internal filesystems on your computer. To eject removable media press the button on the left with a circled up arrow to eject. On the side pane you can right click to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in New Tab` on the side pane. .. image:: pcmanfm-qt-connect-server.png -PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in with a USB cable. On the left hand side under :guilabel:`Devices` the mobile device will appear. You may need to accept sending files on the device to allow it to transfer files. After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward pointing arrow to unmount it. +PCManFM-Qt also supports transferring files to mobile devices plugged in with a USB cable. On the left hand side under :guilabel:`Devices` the mobile device will appear. You may need to accept sending files on the device to allow it to transfer files. After you have done this You can see the files on mobile device and transfer files to them. To eject the mobile devices press the upward pointing arrow to unmount it. If you want a device not to show up right click on it under devices and check the :guilabel:`Hide` checkbox. At the bottom of the window is a filter bar that lets you show files only matching a pattern in the window of the current folder. To show the filter bar press :kbd:`Control+I` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Show/Focus Filter Bar`. To use it type what you want to search for in the bar that says :guilabel:`Filter`. How many result you match will show in the :guilabel:`item(s)` field. To empty out the filter press :kbd:`Escape`. To return the filter back to seeing all files clear the text field and hide the filter bar by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or :menuselection:`View --> Filtering --> Clear All Filters`. If you still want to see the filter bar but to see all files hold the :kbd:`backspace` key to clear it out. On the very bottom of the PCManFM-Qt window when you have nothing selected it shows :guilabel:`x item(s) (y hidden)` showing how many items are in the current folder. To the right of this shows :guilabel:`Free space` showing how much free space you have. The :guilabel:`(Total)` shows the full size of the storage medium this is on. When you select one file on this bottom bar it will show the file name, the file size, and the type of file it is. If you select multiple files the bottom bar to the left will show :guilabel:`X item(s) selected` where X is the number of files you have selected and how much disk space they take up. To have PCManFM-Qt reload what folder you are viewing press :kbd:`F5`, the circular pointing arrow button, or :menuselection:`View --> Reload`. To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click :menuselection:`Show Hidden`, or go to :menuselection:`View --> Show Hidden`. Do the same thing again to hide hidden files again. To toggle showing thumbnails check/uncheck the :menuselection:`View --> Show Thumbnails`. To open a terminal in your current folder press :kbd:`f4`, right click on a folder and select :menuselection:`Open in Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Tools --> Open Terminal` from the menu. To copy the full path of a file or directory press :kbd:`Control+Shift+C` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Copy Full Path` after selecting a single file. To create a file that will launch an application by clicking on it :menuselection:`Tools --> Create Launcher` and fill in the fields to create a file to launch programs. To open the tab in as root select :menuselection:`Tools --> Open tab in root instance` and a new window will appear that says it is root at the bottom of the window in red. .. warning:: Modifying or deleting files as root may end up making your system unable to boot if you do not know what you are doing or make a mistake. -To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select :menuselection:`Properties` from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties :menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open the file. +To view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select :menuselection:`Properties` from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties :menuselection:`File --> Folder Properties`. To choose a The :guilabel:`General` tab will show you the size of the file, where the file is, and when it was last modified or accessed. To change what program a file opens with use the :guilabel:`Open With` drop down menu and select the program to open the file. To change the icon shown for a file use the :guilabel:`...` button next to :guilabel:`Emblem`. To clear this from the file press the :guilabel:`Clear emblem` button. .. image:: file-prop.png The :guilabel:`Permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permission to read modify and execute the file. To change permission of files the :guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or forbidden. To make something executable such as a script you wrote check the :guilabel:`Make the file executable` checkbox. At the bottom of the window is a bar graph showing disk usage of the partition the file exists on. If you use folder properties on the top left hand corner click on the folder icon and a file dialog will open to choose the new icon with the path of the current icon theme. Left click on the icon you want and then press the :guilabel:`Choose` button. .. image:: file-prop-perms.png PCManFM-Qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in the main menu of lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop :menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the desktop item on the left. To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to Bookmarks` and it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the left hand side under :guilabel:`Bookmarks` and under the :menuselection:`Bookmarks` menu. To rename a bookmark you can right click on the bookmark on the left hand side :menuselection:`Rename Bookmark` and this does not have to match the filename nor will it change the filename on the filesystem. To remove a bookmark right click on the left hand side on the bookmark and select :menuselection:`Remove Bookmark`. To open a bookmark in the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in New Tab`. To open a bookmark in a new window on the left hand side right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Open in New Window`. To move your bookmark up or down in the order right click on the bookmark :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Up` to move it up and :menuselection:`Move Bookmark Down` to move it down. To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here with the :guilabel:`Add Item` button. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. From the edit bookmarks you can reorder your bookmarks by left clicking and dragging to where you want the bookmark to go. .. image:: edit-bookmarks.png If you want to run an executable script from PCManFM-Qt double click and then click :guilabel:`Execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`Open` button. To cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. If you plan on executing this file a lot you can right click on the file and then select :menuselection:`Trust this executable` to not have this dialog popup. .. image:: execute_file.png PCManFM-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View` or press the button that looks like a picture of a landscape. If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file size the time it is modified select detailed list view by :menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed List` or press the toolbar button with bullet points in front of three horizontal lines. If you really want to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or :menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View` or press the toolbar button with three horizontal lines. To return to the original view of PCManFM-Qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon View` or press the toolbar button with 12 dots. To have a view always selected for the particular folder you are on now check the :menuselection:`View --> Preserve Settings for This Folder` checkbox. .. image:: detailed-list.png To reverse the order that PCManFM-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Descending` or conversely to switch back :menuselection:`View --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To separate all folders first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Folder First`. To show hidden files last check the :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Hidden Last` checkbox. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`. You can also get to this sorting menu by right clicking :menuselection:` Sorting --> Your Sorting Option`. To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox. To get the menubar back press :kbd:`Control +M` again. To toggle showing or hiding the permanent filter bar press :kbd:`Control+B` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> Permanent filter bar`. .. image:: pathbar-location.png +To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`. + +Extracting and Compressing Archives +----------------------------------- + PCManFM-Qt has options when right clicking has special options for dealing with archives such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in the current directory right click and select :menuselection:`Extract Here`. You can also extract to another location with right clicking and selecting :menuselection:`Extract to` and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file. To select a file and compress it right click and select :menuselection:`Compress` will open up a dialog. To chose a file name for your new compressed archive enter in the :guilabel:`File name` field. To choose what type of archive choose change the :guilabel:`File Type` drop down menu. To actually create the archive press the :guilabel:`Save` button. To add a password to the archive you are creating enter that in the :guilabel:`Password` field. .. image:: pcmanfm-compress.png -To quit PCManFM-Qt press :kbd:`Control+Q`. - Searching for Files ------------------- To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Find Files`. Type what you are searching for where it says :guilabel:`File Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the :guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add` button and select the additional places to search. To remove an additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in subdirectories` checkbox. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search for hidden files`. To close this window press :kbd:`Escape`. .. image:: filesearch.png To change what types of files you use choose the :guilabel:`File Type` tab. To choose to search for only certain file check/uncheck the files under the heading :guilabel:`Only search for files of following types:`. The options for which type of file include: :guilabel:`Text files`, :guilabel:`Image files`, :guilabel:`Audio files`, :guilabel:`Video files`, :guilabel:`Documents`, or :guilabel:`Folders`. .. image:: search-file-type.png To search for the actual content of the files you are searching for use the :guilabel:`Content` tab. To enter what you actually want to search for in your file in your :guilabel:`File contains` filed. To search caring whether it is uppercase or lowercase letters check the :guilabel:`Case sensitive` checkbox. To search with a regular expression check the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` checkbox. .. image:: pcmanfm-content.png The :guilabel:`Properties` tab has more settings based on information about the file also called metadata. To only show results on files larger than this file check the :guilabel:`Larger than` checkbox and then in the field to the right for size. To only show files smaller than this check the :guilabel:`Smaller than` checkbox and to the field to the right select the size smaller than that. To change the units for file size use the drop menu on the far right. To search for files modified before a date check the :guilabel:`Earlier than` checkbox and select the date to the right. To search for a file modified after a date check the :guilabel:`Later than` checkbox and input the date to the right. .. image:: find-files-prop.png Custom Actions -------------- To create custom actions you will need to create the folder that is not on your filesystem by default run this command .. code:: mkdir -p ~/.local/share/file-manager/actions or create this path by creating new directories in this file manager. Then you will need to make a desktop file to make your action. To make for example an open in terminal desktop run .. code:: touch ~/.local/share/file-manager/actions/open_in_terminal.desktop to create the file. To edit this file run .. code:: featherpad ~/.local/share/file-manager/actions/open_in_terminal.desktop from the command line to edit the file and paste in the following contents .. code:: [Desktop Entry] Type=Action Name=Open in terminal Icon=utilities-terminal Profiles=profile-zero; [X-Action-Profile profile-zero] Exec=qterminal -w %f Name=Default profile Customizing ----------- -To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options to either Open bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to "trash bin" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of "trash can" creation` erases files on removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into "trash can"` brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect. To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox. +To open a dialog for preferences of PCManFM-Qt :menuselection:`Edit --> Preferences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for how PCManFM-Qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select files by mousing over them. To make the auto selection slightly delayed and to adjust this change :guilabel:`Delay of auto-selection in single click mode` field. To show a folder context menu when you :kbd:`Control+ right click` check the :guilabel:`Show folder context menu with Ctrl+ right click` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks menu` drop down menu has options to either Open bookmarks in the current tab, Open bookmarks in a new tab, or Open bookmarks in a new window. To change what view mode PCManFM-Qt starts with change the :guilabel:`Default view mode` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Confirm before deleting files` checkbox makes a confirmation dialog before deleting files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to "trash bin" instead of erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of "trash can" creation` erases files on removable media instead of creating a trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before moving files into "trash can"` brings a confirmation dialog before moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a prompt asking what to do with the file however you will need to restart PCManFM-Qt for this to take effect. To select new files automatically check the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt only open one window check the :guilabel:`Single window mode` checkbox. To change the number of recent files saved change :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field. -.. image:: pcmanfm-qt-prefrences.png +.. image:: pcmanfm-qt-preferences.png -The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The :guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show full file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of hidden files Shadowed` checkbox. To disable tooltips check the :guilabel:`Do not show file tooltips` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To toggle making the margin a square check the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox. +The :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes, displaying file sizes, hiding backup files, and settings for margins. The :guilabel:`Size of big icons` drop down menu changes the size of big icons in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` drop down menu changes the size of small icons for PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` drop down changes the size of thumbnails in PCManFM-Qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` drop down changes the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` checkbox. To always show the entire file name check the :guilabel:`Always show real file names` checkbox. To show the icons of hidden files as shadowed to distinguish they are hidden files check the :guilabel:`Show icons of hidden files shadowed` checkbox. To disable tooltips check the :guilabel:`Do not show file tooltips` checkbox. To disable smooth scrolling in list and compact modes check the :guilabel:`Disable smooth scrolling in list and compact modes` checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pixels change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To toggle making the margin a square check the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox. .. image:: pcmanfm-qt-display-tab.png -The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields. To use tabs from your last window in a new window check the :guilabel:`Reopen last window tabs in a new window` checkbox. +The :guilabel:`User Interface` tab changes how the PCManFM-Qt window appears. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. To toggle showing the x on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt go to any new tab you open check the :guilabel:`Switch to newly opened tab` checkbox. To have PCManFM-Qt open the window in the same size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox unchecked you can change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` or :guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields. To use tabs from your last window in a new window check the :guilabel:`Reopen last window tabs in a new window` checkbox. .. image:: pcmanfm-qt-user-interface.png -The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for the files. To put an upper limit for built in thumbnails for PCManFM-Qt change the :guilabel:`Image size limit for built in thumbnailer` field. To have a limit for external thumbnails change the :guilabel:`File size limit for external thumbnailers` field. +The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in PCManFM-Qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have thumbnails for local files not on another machine check :guilabel:`Only show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for the files. To put an upper limit for built in thumbnails for PCManFM-Qt change the :guilabel:`Image size limit for built in thumbnailer` field. To have a limit for external thumbnails change the :guilabel:`File size limit for external thumbnailers` field. .. image:: perferences-thumbnail.png The tab :guilabel:`Volume` tab manages flash drives, other partitions, external disks, and other external media. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` section is settings for automatically mounting removable media. The :guilabel:`Mount mountable volumes automatically on program startup` mounts removable media when you start PCManFM-Qt. To automount removable media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount removable media automatically when they are inserted` checkbox. To show a menu for removable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show available options for removable media when they are inserted` checkbox. To choose when you unmount a removable volume you can choose to :guilabel:`Close tab containing removable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab to home folder`. -.. image:: prefrencesvolume.png +.. image:: preferencesvolume.png + The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab shows integration with other programs and advanced settings. To change your default terminal emulator from PCManFM-Qt preferences drop down change the :guilabel:`Terminal emulator` drop down menu. To change what PCManFM-Qt uses to change users to open things as root type that in the :guilabel:`Switch user command` field. To change your Archiver integration change the :guilabel:`Archiver integration` drop down. .. image:: pcmanfm-advanced-pref.png Version ------- -Lubuntu currently ships with 0.17.0 of PCManFM-Qt. +Lubuntu currently ships with 1.1.0 of PCManFM-Qt. How to Launch ------------- To open PCManFM-Qt in your current directory (in terminal), execute in the command line .. code:: pcmanfm-qt Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root. You can also go to the Applications menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. The icon for PCManFM-Qt looks like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top. PCManFM-Qt is also in the quick launch and can be launched by left clicking on the file cabinet icon in the quick launch. diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/prefrencesvolume.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.4/preferencesvolume.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.4/2.4.4/prefrencesvolume.png rename to source/2/2.4/2.4.4/preferencesvolume.png diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst index 85f8b240..e2ba73f9 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst +++ b/source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst @@ -1,38 +1,38 @@ Chapter 2.4.5 Qlipper ===================== Qlipper is the default clipboard manager for Lubuntu. Usage ------ Qlipper is a clipboard manager automatically started in the system tray. The tray icon for Qlipper looks like a clipboard. To view your clipboard history left click on the tray icon that looks like a clipboard or press :kbd:`Control+Alt+V`. To make your item from your history the selected one left click on the item of your history in the menu. To clear your clipboard history like if you copied a password you can right click on the clipboard tray icon and select :menuselection:`Clear clipboard history`. If you temporarily want your clipboard history not to be saved or shown you can close Qlipper by right clicking on the clipboard icon and selecting :menuselection:`Quit`. Screenshot ----------- .. image:: qlipper.png Customizing ----------- -To change preferences of Qlipper right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`. To change how many items get displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your desired number of entries. To change how many characters Qlipper shows from the configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum Display Size`. To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To change your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the :guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right. To change the tray icon image to something custom press the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray icon. To synchronize your clipboard and selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. Next to have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE instantly`. +To change preferences of Qlipper right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`. To change how many items get displayed in Qlipper in total right click on Qlipper and configure with the gear icon and change :guilabel:`Clipboard Entries Count` to your desired number of entries. To change how many characters Qlipper shows from the configuration screen change :guilabel:`Maximum Display Size`. To not have whitespace after pasting each line check the :guilabel:`Trim Whitespaces for Every Line` checkbox. To change your keyboard shortcut to bring up the menu from Qlipper use the :guilabel:`Keyboard Shortcut` button. To clear this keyboard shortcut press the :guilabel:`x` button to the right. To change the tray icon image to something custom press the button next to :guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray icon. To synchronize your clipboard and selection clipboards check the :guilabel:`Use Platform Specific Extensions(Advanced)` checkbox first. To toggle having your clipboard saved to storage as soon as possible check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. To have Qlipper lose its stored history when you close Qlipper check the :guilabel:`Clear Items on Exit` checkbox. Next to have two separate clipboard synchronized select the :menuselection:`No synchronization of clipboard & PSE` menu item. To select an item and have uniform clipboard select :menuselection:`Synchronize clipboard & PSE instantly`. To have Qlipper save the history instantly check the :guilabel:`Synchronize history to storage instantly` checkbox. To need to confirm before deleting all of your clipboard history check the :guilabel:`Confirm Clear History` checkbox. -.. image:: qlipperprefrences.png +.. image:: qlipperpreferences.png The :guilabel:`Sticky Items` divider stores things you want to always have in Qlipper to quickly paste. This icon will bring up a dialog where you navigate to where your new icon will be. To add a new stick item press the :guilabel:`Add` button and type or paste what you want always available. To remove a sticky item press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a sticky item up in the list press the :guilabel:`Up` button. To move a sticky item down in the list press the :guilabel:`Down` button. Version ------- Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.2 of Qlipper. How to Launch ------------- By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> Qlipper`. To launch it from the command line run .. code:: qlipper The icon for Qlipper looks like a white piece of paper with a few lines of writing in different columns. diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.5/qlipperprefrences.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.5/qlipperpreferences.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.4/2.4.5/qlipperprefrences.png rename to source/2/2.4/2.4.5/qlipperpreferences.png diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.6/noblenote.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.6/noblenote.rst index 09f399b2..d7428a40 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.6/noblenote.rst +++ b/source/2/2.4/2.4.6/noblenote.rst @@ -1,56 +1,56 @@ Chapter 2.4.6 nobleNote ======================= nobleNote is the default application to take a notes on Lubuntu. nobleNote also automatically saves whatever you enter into a note. Usage ------ -To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select :menuselection:`New note` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this window after clicking on it. To rename your not to something else press :kbd:`Control+Shift+R` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`. +To start a new note right click on the right hand column and select :menuselection:`New note`, press the :guilabel:`white piece of paper with a green plus` button, or :menuselection:`Edit --> New note`. Then enter a title for this note by typing it. To open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note type in the main body of this window after clicking on it. To rename your note to something, right click on the name of the note :menuselection:`Rename note`, press :kbd:`Control+Shift+R`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Rename note`. To select a different notebook to keep your notes organized click on it on the left hand column. If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and :menuselection:`Delete notebook`, with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`. To add a new notebook press :kbd:`Control+N` or :menuselection:`Edit --> New notebook`. -To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete note`. +To delete a note click on the note and press the yellow paper button with a red X on it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D`, or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> Delete note`. To get back a note you deleted press :kbd:`Control+T` or :menuselection:`File --> Trash`. You can then see your deleted notes and select from deleted notes on the left hand column and then the content of the note on the right hand column. To restore a note press the :guilabel:`Restore` button. To permanently delete a note press the :guilabel:`Delete` button and then press :guilabel:`Yes` at the confirmation dialog. To import notes from a file :menuselection:`File --> Import`. To search through your notes for a particular string enter what you want to search for in the search bar which says :guilabel:`Type to search for notes`. If you make a mistake typing and want to undo your changes press :kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to paste text into nobleNote press :kbd:`Control + v` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press :kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`. To toggle showing the toolbar press :kbd:`Control +Shift +T` or :menuselection:`View --> Show toolbar`. To bring back up your note nobleNote will leave a notebook icon in the system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel. To bring the notes backup after closing them left click on the tray icon. To hide the main window right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Minimize`. To bring back the main menu right click and select :menuselection:`Restore`. To fully close nobleNote right click on the tray icon :menuselection:`Quit` or press :kbd:`Control+Q`. To search a note for something type into the bar to find something in your note. To go to your next result press the :guilabel:`Find next` button. To find the previous result press the :guilabel:`Find previous` button. To change your font first press the :guilabel:`>` button and then select your font from the drop down on the left. To change your font size of your notes first press the :guilabel:`>>` button and then select your font size from the drop down to the right. To hide searching for something press the :guilabel:`X` button to the far left. To make a case sensitive search press the :guilabel:`>` and check the :guilabel:`Case sensitive` checkbox. -To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To insert a hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text first select the text and then press the square to the right and choose the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet points and a horizontal line. +To make the text on your note bold press :kbd:`Control+B` or the **a** button. To make your text on your note italic press :kbd:`Control+I` or the *a* button. To underline your text press my underlined a button. To clear all formatting press the :guilabel:`Aa` button. To add a bullet point list press the button that looks like a bullet point list. To insert a hyperlink press :kbd:`Control+K` or press the button looking like a globe. Then type or paste your link in the :guilabel:`Address` field and press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To change your font color for your notes press left click the color square to the left. To highlight your text first select the text and then press the square to the right and choose the color you want. To strike things out press the button with the line through it. To make bullet points in a list press the button with bullet points and a horizontal line. Screenshots ----------- .. image:: noblenote.png .. image:: noblenote-note.png Version ------- Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.0 of nobleNote. How to Launch ------------- To launch nobleNote go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> nobleNote` or run .. code:: noblenote on the commandline. The icon for nobleNote looks like a yellow pad of paper with a black lines. Customizing ------------ To change preferences of nobleNote press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep nobleNote in your system tray after you close the nobleNote window check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to tray` checkbox. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. To hide the main window when you open nobleNote check the :guilabel:`Hide main window at startup`. If you want to toggle the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show "Show source" menu entry`. To reverse the direction of scrolling in nobleNote check the :guilabel:`touch screen scrolling` checkbox. To change how wide to make the default for the new note editor :guilabel:`Width` field to how big to make the editor for the note. To change how high to make the editor size change the :guilabel:`Height` field. To change what the default font would be for editing is the large bar to the left under :guilabel:`Note editor default font`. To change the default font size change in the small to the right with a number. .. image:: nobleNote-pref.png diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/QtPass.rst b/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/QtPass.rst index e2332627..20db8674 100644 --- a/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/QtPass.rst +++ b/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/QtPass.rst @@ -1,16 +1,54 @@ Chapter 2.4.7 QtPass ==================== QtPass is the default password manager for Lubuntu. +Usage +------ + +On first launch you will be asked to generate a key to encrypt your passwords. The first field to generate the encryption key is to enter your email in the :guilabel:`Email` field. Next enter your name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. The next field is you need is the password twice in the :guilabel:`Passphrase` field twice to make sure you do not make a typo. To create the encryption key press the :guilabel:`OK` button. + +.. image:: qtpass-firsttime.png + +To actually store a password press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a :guilabel:`+` button. Enter the name of the file to store your password in :guilabel:`New password file` and press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To type in your password for an already existing password type it in the :guilabel:`Password` field. To show your password that you have check the :guilabel:`Show password` checkbox. To randomly generate a password press the :guilabel:`Generate` button. To change the length of the generated password change the :guilabel:`Length` field. + +To get the password out of a the password manager you will need to enter your encryption key passphrase in the :guilabel:`Password` field. + +To add a folder to put passwords in press the folder button with a :guilabel:`+` on it. To get an existing password into a folder left click and drag that password into the folder on the main list. To add a password to a folder right click on the folder and select :guilabel:`Add password`. + +To search for a particular password type the password you are searching for in the :guilabel:`Search Password` text box at the top. To end up looking at your password simply left click on it in the list of passwords on the left column of the window and read it in :guilabel:`Password` on the right column. + +.. image:: qtpass-main.png + +To Edit a password left click on :guilabel:`4 horizontal lines button`.To make a new random password press the :guilabel:`Generate` button. To change the length of a randomly generated password change the :guilabel:`Length` field. To enter a new password with the keyboard type in the top left of the window. To type a description of your password type in the bottom field. To save changes to your password press the :guilabel:`OK` button and then enter your encryption passphrase to encrypt the passwords. + +To delete a password you do not use anymore right click on it and select :menuselection:`Delete` or press the trash can button with an :guilabel:`X` button. + +To manage what users can read these passwords press the :guilabel:`@` button. + +To rename a password right click on it and select :menuselection:`Rename password`. + +Customizing +----------- + +To change your settings for QtPass press the :guilabel:`Gear Button`. To change if QtPass will copy passwords change the drop down under the :guilabel:`Clipboard behavior` drop down. To copy the password into primary selection check the :guilabel:`Use primary selection` checkbox. To have your password cleared from your clipboard after a while to not accidentally paste it anywhere check the :guilabel:`Autoclear after` checkbox and select how long in the field in the right. To hide everything on the right when you click on your password press the :guilabel:`Hide content` checkbox. To have the password hidden when you click on a password check the :guilabel:`Hide password` checkbox. To have the panel automatically clear itself check the :guilabel:`Autoclear panel after` checkbox and change how long on the right. + +To change how long to make generated passwords change the :guilabel:`Password Length` field. To change what characters to use use the :guilabel:`Use characters` drop down message. To use a custom set of characters type in what characters in the :guilabel:`Use characters` and type in what characters you want to use. To toggle using the pwgen command line program check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use pwgen` checkbox. To have autogenerated passwords not have capital letters check the :guilabel:`Exclude capital letters` checkbox. To have your generated passwords not have numbers check the :guilabel:`Exclude numbers` checkbox. To generate easier to memorize passwords check the :guilabel:`Generate easy to memorize but less secure passwords` checkbox. To have generated passwords include special symbols check the :guilabel:`Include special symbols` checkbox. + +.. image:: qtpass-settings.png + +To use a tray icon for QtPass check the :guilabel:`Use Trayicon` checkbox. To start QtPass minimized check the :guilabel:`Start minimized` checkbox. To have the tray icon hidden when you close QtPass check the :guilabel:`Hide on Close` checkbox. To have QtPass be always on top check the :guilabel:`Always on top` checkbox. + +To change profile settings on QtPass use the :guilabel:`Profile` tab. To create a new profile press the :guilabel:`Add` button. + Version ------- Lubuntu ships with version 1.2.3 of QtPass. How to Launch ------------- -To launch Qtpass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> QtPass` or from the command line run +To launch QtPass from the menu run :menuselection:`Accessories --> QtPass` or from the command line run .. code:: qtpass diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/qtpass-firsttime.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/qtpass-firsttime.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4cd6da4d Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/qtpass-firsttime.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/qtpass-main.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/qtpass-main.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1099fcef Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/qtpass-main.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/qtpass-settings.png b/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/qtpass-settings.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8cdc70ad Binary files /dev/null and b/source/2/2.4/2.4.7/qtpass-settings.png differ diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst b/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst index 4a3b1b9b..1dc603f6 100644 --- a/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst +++ b/source/2/2.5/2.5.1/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst @@ -1,41 +1,41 @@ Chapter 2.5.1 PulseAudio Volume Control ======================================== PulseAudio Volume Control is the default volume mixer for Lubuntu. It also manages multiple input and output devices for all programs on your system. Usage ------ The :guilabel:`Playback` tab of PulseAudio Volume Control gives you the ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of each application. To change the Volume of each application on the playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for less volume. Above your volume slider the is a bar that shows how much volume is currently emitted by that particular application. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make any sound. The drop down :guilabel:`Show` drop down menu lets you see your virtual streams and applications. In the bottom right hand corner is the current volume level viewed as a percentage. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent volume if it is too quiet. If you have multiple sound outputs enabled you can change what output of an application by using the :guilabel:`on` menu. .. image:: pavucontrol-playback.png To view settings for applications recording audio use the :guilabel:`Recording` tab. If you have no applications recording the tab will say :guilabel:`No application is currently recording audio`. To mute your recording press the button that looks like a speaker with an x over it. To increase the volume of recording move the slider to the right. To decrease the volume of recording move the slider to the left. To change what source an application is recording use the drop down with the word :guilabel:`From` to the left. To adjust the difference of each left and right press the lock button or press it again to go back to one slider. To change the left audio channel change the use the :guilabel:`Front Left` slider. To change the right channel or audio use the :guilabel:`Front Right` slider. .. image:: pavucontrol-recording.png The :guilabel:`Output devices` tab shows different output for different sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers press the button that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To see the sound output of each output device see the bar over the volume slider. To view more advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a lock button where you can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding the sliders just like for volume. For stereo setup with a subwoofer for example will have channels :guilabel:`Front Left`, :guilabel:`Front Right`, and :guilabel:`Subwoofer` each having there own channels to adjust volume. To change back to a single slider for each channel press the lock button. To select another source to output audio use the :guilabel:`Port` drop down menu. .. image:: pavucontrol-qt.png The :guilabel:`Input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or to the left to decrease volume. To select which audio input such as line in or microphone for your device is in the :guilabel:`Port` drop down but this menu is hidden if you do not have inputs. Right below :guilabel:`Port` will show how much volume is being picked up by the input device. To change left and right channels separately press the lock button. To change your volume on each channel drag to the left for more volume or to the right for less volume. To get back to one volume slider press the lock button again. To mute your input press the button to the left on the right hand side. To toggle seeing more options press the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` checkbox. With this shown the :guilabel:`Latency offset` field will allow you to change the latency offset. .. image:: pavucontrol-input.png The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles for each different output device. To change how sound comes out of your speakers or headphones varying for example the number of speakers for each device change the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. Choosing for example an :menuselection:`Analog Surround 2.1 Output` will let you not just change stereo but also control the volume of the subwoofer. To enable or disable an audio output press the checkbox to the left of :guilabel:`Profile`. To toggle PulseAudio volume control showing a how much sound a speaker, headphone or microphone is making check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show volume meters` checkbox. .. image:: pavucontrol-config.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.14.1 PulseAudio Volume Control. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 PulseAudio Volume Control. How to Launch ------------- To launch PulseAudio Volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> PulseAudio Volume Control` or run .. code:: pavucontrol-qt from the command line. Another way to launch PulseAudio Volume Control is to left click on the volume applet in the panel and click the :guilabel:`Mixer` button. The icon for PulseAudio Volume Control looks like a black and yellow speaker. diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlcprefrences.png b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-preferences.png similarity index 100% rename from source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlcprefrences.png rename to source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc-preferences.png diff --git a/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc.rst b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc.rst index 74bcb7ac..dd8e9ee8 100644 --- a/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc.rst +++ b/source/2/2.5/2.5.2/vlc.rst @@ -1,153 +1,155 @@ Chapter 2.5.2 VLC ================= VLC is the default media player for Lubuntu that can open both audio and video files. Usage ------ To open media stored locally on your system click media open :menuselection:`Media --> Open File` and navigate your local files or press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on your machine. If you have music on a USB device, optical disk, or another partition the :guilabel:`Devices` segment will let you navigate to those files from here. If you want to say listen to two videos or songs from an album you hold :kbd:`Control +left click` to open multiple files at once or press :kbd:`Control+A` to select all files in a folder. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on :menuselection:`Media --> Open Network Stream` or press :kbd:`Control + N`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`Media --> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently opened media in case you want to view media again in :menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have copied a path in your clipboard you can press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Media --> Open Location from clipboard` to quickly open a location in your clipboard. .. image:: vlc-file-open.png .. image:: vlc-networkopen.png To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two vertical lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press the play button which looks like a triangle or :menuselection:`Playback --> Play`. To stop playing a file completely press the square stop button or :menuselection:`Playback --> Stop`. To toggle fullscreen press the button which has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four corners to have it back into windowed mode. To have VLC always on top :menuselection:`View --> Always on top` and check the checkbox in the menu and use the menu the same way again to make it back to how it was before. On the bottom right of VLC there is a bar that gets wider for volume. Click farther to the right to increase volume within VLC or press :kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles mute in VLC. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio --> Mute`. To unmute press use any of the things you used to mute the volume again. To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will show the length of the media you are playing and in-between is a slider with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or :menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to Specific Time`. To move back 10 seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`. To move to the next item in a playlist press the button that has two arrows pointing to the right and a vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Next`. To move to the previous item in a playlist press the button with two leftward pointing arrows and a vertical line or :menuselection:`Playback --> Previous`. To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a different left and right channel on each speaker will be :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` and likewise for Right. To change what device audio from VLC come out :menuselection:`Audio --> Audio Device --> output device you want`. You can also change the stereo mode by right clicking on the video and selecting :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode` and selecting the audio mode you want. To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that is several horizontal lines and then a triangular play button on it or press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist window and click add file to add an additional file. To play a particular file from a playlist double click on the file. To remove a file from a playlist right click on it and select :menuselection:`Remove Selected`. To remove all files from a playlist right click and select :menuselection:`Clear the playlist` or press :kbd:`Control+W`. To save a playlist to a file press :kbd:`Control + Y`, :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File`, or right click and select :menuselection:`Save Playlist to File`. To see the name of each file is listed in the :guilabel:`Title` column. To see how long each file will take to play view the :guilabel:`Duration` column. To see what Album an Audio track comes from view the :guilabel:`Album` column. To change the width of each column press left click on the border between columns and drag until the desired size. If you want to see other metadata on your playlist you can right click above the songs in the playlist and check the checkbox before each checkbox or uncheck it to hide that column from showing. You can choose to show or hide the :menuselection:`Duration`, :menuselection:`Artist`, :menuselection:`Genre`, :menuselection:`Album`, :menuselection:`Track number`, :menuselection:`Description`, :menuselection:`URI`, :menuselection:`ID`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Cover`, :menuselection:`Disc number`, or :menuselection:`Date`. To view the playlist in its own window uncheck :menuselection:`View --> Docked Playlist` and check it again to dock to have playlist return to the same window. To change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the version of the playlist you like the look of the best. To switch to where to find your music left click the :guilabel:`My Music` on the left side pane. To switch to where you find your videos on the left side pane click the :guilabel:`My Videos` side pane. If you wish to save a current playlist to a file :menuselection:`Media --> Save Playlist to File` or press :kbd:`Control +Y`. To change how to sort your playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Sort by` and select how you want to sort your checklist. To increase the size of the text on your playlist right click on the playlist and select :menuselection:`Display size --> Increase` and conversely to lower playlist text size select :menuselection:`Display size --> Decrease`. To change the view mode of the playlist to icons for each file :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Icons`. To have a detailed list showing your your playlist :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> Detailed List`. To have a simple list for your playlist view :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> List`. To have your playlist viewed in a 3d picture with thumbnails :menuselection:`View --> Playlist View Mode --> PictureFlow`. .. image:: vlcplaylist.png To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the left. To randomize your playlist press the button with two crossing arrows on it. To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal :menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have VLC end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox :menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`. If you want to quit VLC press :kbd:`Control+Q`. To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click :menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`. If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press :kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access the functionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. .. image:: vlc-minimal.png To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced Controls`. To record part of something in VLC press the :guilabel:`red circle` button to start recording and once it turns gray to stop recording. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`. On the status bar the title of the currently playing file is on the left hand side. To view your current playback speed is towards the right hand side and to change it left click on the playback speed and drag to the desired speed. Finally, on the far right is the duration of the file. To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect Ratio` and select the one you wish. To crop a video to only part of your screen :menuselection:`Video --> Crop` and select the aspect ratio you want to crop the video to. To take a screenshot of the currently playing media :menuselection:`Video --> Take Snapshot`. If you are playing audio and want a visualization while listening to an audio file :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations` and choose the one you want. To turn off the visualization :menuselection:`Audio --> Visualizations --> Disable`. VLC will have an icon in the system tray when it is open and it looks like a traffic cone. If you right click on the tray icon you can select :menuselection:`Pause` to pause playback. To stop playback right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Stop`. If you have paused or stopped playback and want to resume right click the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Play`. To go to the next thing in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Next`. To move to the previous item in the playlist right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Previous`. To mute all VLC by the tray right click and select :menuselection:`Mute`. To turn up right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Increase Volume`. To turn down the volume right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Decrease Volume`. To open a dialog to open more files right click on the system tray and select :menuselection:`Open Media`. To quit VLC from the system tray right click on the tray icon and select :menuselection:`Quit`. Screenshot ---------- .. image:: vlc.png Effects and Filters -------------------- To open an equalizer press the button that looks like several physical slider switches, press :kbd:`Control+E` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Effects and Filters` and use the :guilabel:`Audio effects` tab and :guilabel:`Equalizer` subtab. To enable the equalizer check the :guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency up to increase the volume at that frequency. To select an equalizer preset use the :guilabel:`Preset` drop down menu. On the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab of audio effects there is a meter to adjust the pitch of the currently playing audio. To enable this effect check the :guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To increase the pitch of the audio move the slider up. To decrease the pitch of the audio move the slider down. To open a dialog .. image:: equlizer.png To change so that there is not as much difference between quiet and loud which makes everything seem louder use the :guilabel:`Compressor` tab. To actually enable the compression to make everything louder check the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. .. image:: vlc-compressor.png The setting for widening the width of a stereo are on the :guilabel:`Stereo Widener` tab. To toggle stereo widening check the :guilabel:`Enable` checkbox. To change how the audio and video synchronize with the rest of the file use the :guilabel:`Synchronization` tab. To change the synchronization of your audio with the video change the :guilabel:`Audio track synchronization` field to get it to match with your video. To change the synchronization of subtitles use the :guilabel:`Subtitle track synchronization` field. To change how many frames per second your subtitles change at change the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field to change how many frames per second on your subtitle. To change how long the subtitle stays on the screen change the :guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor`. .. image:: vlc-synchronization.png To change how the video appears on your screen use the :guilabel:`Video Effects` tab. On the :guilabel:`Essential` sub tab for how your brightness contrast and other things appear. To change your image press the :guilabel:`Image adjust` checkbox. To change the brightness use the :guilabel:`Brightness` slider with to the left being darker and to the right being lighter. However extreme values to the left or right are not that viewable. As such you may want to make small adjustments with the :kbd:`Left arrow` and :kbd:`Right arrow` keys. To change the color of the video use the :guilabel:`Hue` slider. To change the contrast use the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider with the left being lower contrast and the right being higher contrast. To change how saturated your colors are use the :guilabel:`Saturation` slider. To removal horizontal lines from playing back a video check the :guilabel:`Banding removal` checkbox. To add a film grain effect check the :guilabel:`Film Grain` checkbox. To adjust how much the film grain varies slide the :guilabel:`Variance` slider. .. image:: vlc-essential-video-effects.png To crop pixels off the margins use the :guilabel:`Crop` subtab. To take a number of pixels off the top use the :guilabel:`Top` field. To take pixels off the left of the screen of the video use the :guilabel:`Left` field. To take pixels off the right side of the screen use the :guilabel:`Right` field. To take pixels off the bottom use the :guilabel:`Bottom` field. To have your top and bottom take the same number of pixels taken off the top and bottom check the :guilabel:`Synchronize top and bottom` checkbox. To take the same number of pixels off your left and right hand side check the :guilabel:`Synchronize left and right` checkbox. .. image:: vlc-crop.png To have settings to change the colors showing in VLC use the :guilabel:`Colors` subtab. To entirely invert colors check the :guilabel:`Negative colors` checkbox. To reduce the total number of colors on your video from slight transitions check the :guilabel:`Posterize` checkbox. To enable a sepia tone for the video check the :guilabel:`Sepia` checkbox. To have a close to black and white tone enter a low number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. To have a more sepia tone enter a higher number in :guilabel:`Intensity`. .. image:: video-effects-colors.png To zoom or rotate a video use the :guilabel:`Geometry` tab. To choose different parts of the video to zoom in on as it plays check the :guilabel:`Interactive Zoom` checkbox. To do simple things like flip or rotate your video first check the :guilabel:`Transform` checkbox. To rotate your video 90 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate by 90 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video 180 degrees to the right select :guilabel:`Rotate by 180 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate the video 270 degrees to the right select :menuselection:`Rotate by 270 degrees` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To flip the image horizontally select :menuselection:`Flip horizontally` under :guilabel:`Transform`. To rotate your video by the number of degrees you want check the :guilabel:`Rotate` checkbox and then select which degree you want to have have the video rotated. .. image:: video-effects-geometry.png To add a logo to a video file check the :guilabel:`Add logo` checkbox. To choose which logo to add type the logo in the :guilabel:`Logo` field or press the :guilabel:`...` button. Use the :guilabel:`Opacity` slider to change how transparent the logo appears. To change how far the logo is from the top in pixels change the :guilabel:`top` field. To change how far to put logo from the left of the video change the :guilabel:`Left` field. Saving or Converting Files -------------------------- To save or convert a file in VLC press :kbd:`Control+R` or :menuselection:` Media --> Convert/Save` and a dialog will pop up. To add a local file to save or convert use the :guilabel:`File` tab and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To Save or convert files off a disc press use the :guilabel:`Disc` tab. To save a network URL to use the :guilabel:`Network` tab and enter the URL in the :guilabel:`Please enter a network URL` field. To convert or save a the files press the :guilabel:`Convert/Save` button. To change what file format to convert to use the :guilabel:`Profile` drop down menu. To choose what file name to save your file use the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To start converting the file press the :guilabel:`Start` button. Customizing ----------- To view your preferences of VLC press :kbd:`control +P` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Preferences`. To change how VLC looks and what buttons it has use the :guilabel:`Interface` tab. To choose to use a custom skin for VLC press the :guilabel:`Use custom skin` radio button and then press :guilabel:`Choose` to find your custom skin. To toggle showing buttons for pausing, changing tracks and the volume control check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show controls in full screen mode` checkbox. To have the video display in its own window uncheck the :guilabel:`Integrate video in interface` checkbox. To start VLC in a minimal view mode check the :guilabel:`Start in minimal view mode` checkbox. To have VLC pause playback when the VLC window is minimized check the :guilabel:`Pause playback when minimized` checkbox. To toggle showing an icon in the system tray check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show systray icon` checkbox. To change VLC showing a popup when the media changes like when having multiple files in a playlist change the :guilabel:`Show media change popup` menu. The :guilabel:`Force window style` changes the way VLC windows are drawn if you want a custom layout for just VLC. To allow only one window of VLC check the :guilabel:`Allow only one instance` checkbox. If you have only one instance check the :guilabel:`Enqueue items into playlist in one instance mode` checkbox to add new files to play at the end of the playlist. To have VLC continue playback of files changes change the :guilabel:`Continue playback?` menu and select :menuselection:`Always` to always playback or ask to ask for playback. -.. image:: vlcprefrences.png +.. image:: vlc-preferences.png To cancel your changes in this window and close it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To Reset your preferences to press the :guilabel:`Reset Preferences` button. To Save your preferences and close the window press the :guilabel:`Save` button. To manage your audio settings use the :guilabel:`Audio tab`. To disable audio entirely uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable audio` checkbox. To change the output of audio type change the :guilabel:`Output module` menu. To add a visualization of Audio change the :guilabel:`Visualization` menu. To change replay gain mode change the :guilabel:`Replay gain mode` menu. To allow playing audio at different speeds without changing the pitch is to check the :guilabel:`Enable Time-stretching audio` checkbox. To submit what tracks you play to Last.fm check the :guilabel:`Submit played tracks stats to Last.fm` checkbox and then put in your username in the :guilabel:`Username` field and your password in the :guilabel:`Password` field. .. image:: vlc-audio-pref.png To change settings with how VLC deals with video use the :guilabel:`Video` tab. To disable video and thus save some processing power uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Video` checkbox. To automatically have fullscreen video check the :guilabel:`Fullscreen` checkbox. To have window decorations on a separate video window check the :guilabel:`Window decorations` checkbox. The menu :guilabel:`Fullscreen Video Device` menu lets you select which monitor to play the full screen video on. To change the backend for VLC to play videos change the :guilabel:`Output` menu. To turn deinterlacing on or off change :guilabel:`Deinterlacing` menu. The mode :guilabel:`Mode` changes the mode to deinterlace the frames of video. The :guilabel:`Video snapshots` section shows settings for VLC snapshots. The :guilabel:`Directory` is what directory to save snapshots of videos in and to choose one in a pop up window press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. The :guilabel:`Prefix` field lets you have a preset to the snapshot file name. You can choose the format of the snapshot in the :guilabel:`Format` menu. .. image:: vlc-video-pref.png To view your settings for subtitles and on screen display choose the :guilabel:`Subtitles/OSD` tab. To disable the On screen display uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable On Screen Display` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show media title on video start` shows the video title at the start of a video. The :guilabel:`Position` menu lets you choose where to show the media title. To toggle showing subtitles check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable subtitles` checkbox. The :guilabel:`default encoding` Lets you change how the subtitles are stored and resented as characters on this. To change the font of your subtitles type in the name of your font in the :guilabel:`Font` field. To change the font size of your subtitles change the :guilabel:`Font size` menu. The button :guilabel:`Text default color` lets you change your subtitles.To change the outline thickness of subtitles change the :guilabel:`Outline thickness` menu. To change the color of the outline press the :guilabel:`Outline Color` button to bring up a popup to select a color. To add a shadow to subtitles check the :guilabel:`Add a shadow` checkbox. To add a background check the :guilabel:`Add a background` checkbox. .. image:: vlc-subtitle-pref.png To change settings with codecs choose the :guilabel:`Input/codecs` tab. To change your settings for hardware-accelerated decoding use the :guilabel:`Hardware-accelerated decoding` which you can choose a specific kind of decoding. To choose to seek faster than more precisely check the :guilabel:`Fast seek` option. To the quality of video VLC encodes change :guilabel:`x264 preset and tuning selection` which faster recording taking less resources but being less quality. To change your default optical device the drop down menu next to :guilabel:`Default optical device` to change your default optical device. To choose where save things you record with VLC change type where you want in :guilabel:`Record directory or filename` or press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change your caching policy depending on your network latency use the :guilabel:`Default caching policy` drop down menu. .. image:: vlc-input-codecs.png To view your hotkey settings use the :guilabel:`Hotkeys` tab. The column :guilabel:`Action` describes what your keyboard shortcut will do. The Column :guilabel:`Hotkey` is the keyboard shortcut to do what is said in the :guilabel:`Action` column. To change your keyboard shortcut double click on the shortcut in the :guilabel:`Hotkey` column and press the keyboard combination you want to set it to. To change what scrolling vertically does for use the :guilabel:`Mouse wheel vertical axis control` menu. To search for a hotkey for a particular option enter it in the :guilabel:`Search` field. .. image:: vlc-pref-hotkeys.png +To change to view even more settings press the :guilabel:`All` button in the :guilabel:`Show settings` part of your prefrences. To switch back to simple settings press the :guilabel:`Simple` button. To search for a setting in the Advanced settings interface use the :guilabel:`Search` bar. + To change how the user interface of VLC appears :menuselection:`Tools --> Customize Interface`. To select a profile that works as a default some ones for older versions of VLC choose the :guilabel:`Select profile:` drop down menu. To create a new profile press the button to the right press the paper with a sun on it. To move the main toolbar above the video check the :guilabel:`Above the video` checkbox. Below will be the lines of each toolbar for example :guilabel:`Line 2` for each line of toolbar. To see a summary of what each button does hover the mouse over it and a description will pop up.To move a button to the left or right left click and drag to the left and right the button to the desired position. To see a preview of how this will effect the media player and see it press the :guilabel:`Preview` section of the window. To change the elements for the time toolbar use the :guilabel:`Time toolbar` tab. To move elements on the time toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place. To change the location of advanced features use the :guilabel:`Advanced Widget` tab. To move the elements on the advanced toolbar left click on the element and drag it into place. .. image:: vlc-customize-toolbar.png To view plugins and extensions dialog window :menuselection:`Tools --> Plugins and Extensions`. To download more extensions press the :guilabel:`Find More Online` button. To view only plugins you have installed on your system check the :guilabel:`Only installed` checkbox. To view all addons click on the :guilabel:`All` tab of addons. To view only skins to view VLC differently press on the :guilabel:`Skins` tab. To view an extensions to add on click on the :guilabel:`Extensions` tab. .. image:: vlc-plugin-extensions.png To show your Active extensions use the :guilabel:`Active Extensions tab`. To reload to see if there are any more press the :guilabel:`Reload extensions` button. To see more information on an extensions press the :guilabel:`More information` button. To change how many frames per second are on the subtitles change use the :guilabel:`Subtitle speed` field. To change how long the subtitles stay on the screen change the :guilabel:`Subtitle duration factor` field. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.16 of VLC. +Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.17 of VLC. How to Launch ------------- to launch VLC in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound & Video --> VLC media player` or run .. code:: vlc from the command line. The icon for VLC looks like a traffic cone. diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminalprefrences.png b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-preferences.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminalprefrences.png rename to source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal-preferences.png diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal.rst b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal.rst index ca697d5d..3f21ac8d 100644 --- a/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal.rst +++ b/source/3/3.1/3.1.2/qterminal.rst @@ -1,81 +1,81 @@ Chapter 3.1.2 QTerminal ======================= QTerminal is the default terminal of Lubuntu. It also has a drop down version. If you want to learn more about the actual commands you run in the terminal see `Appendix C `_ Usage ------ -To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press :kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double clicking empty space on the tab bar. To close a tab press the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab, :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`, or press :kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v`, right click and select :menuselection:`Paste Clipboard`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key. To see what else a command could be hit :kbd:`Tab` twice. +To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`File --> New Tab` or press :kbd:`control + shift + t`. You can also open a new tab by double clicking empty space on the tab bar. To close a tab press the :guilabel:`X` button near the right hand side of the tab, :menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`, or press :kbd:`Control+Shift+W`. You can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the upper right corner to see different tabs if you can't see them all. Another way to switch between tabs is :kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to copy text from the terminal press :kbd:`control + shift + c` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy Selection` to copy text. If you wish to paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v`, right click and select :menuselection:`Paste Clipboard`, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press :kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go :menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To try to autocomplete the command you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key. To see what else a command could be hit :kbd:`Tab` twice. .. image:: qterminal.png -If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click :menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click on the link and select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or right click :menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back to its original size. +If you get a URL in your terminal you can right click :menuselection:`Copy Link Address` to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left click` or right click on the link and select :menuselection:`Open Link`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Zoom in`, or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom in`. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Zoom out`, or right click :menuselection:`Zoom out`. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0`, :menuselection:`Edit --> Zoom reset`, or right click and select :menuselection:`Zoom reset`. If you want QTerminal to be fullscreen press :kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` or :menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen` again to make it back to its original size. To scroll upward in QTerminal scroll upwards with the mousewheel and you can see the results of previous commands you have run. To scroll downward scroll downward on the mousewheel. To go all the way back to the bottom start typing and it will focus on the bottom. -To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right arrow` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`. To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab in History`. To move to the next tab before that :menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History`. +To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one split terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Vertically`. To collapse back to how your terminal back to how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want. To switch to the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the top subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up arrow` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right arrow` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right Subterminal`. -To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`. To go to a particular tab :menuselection:`Actions --> Go to --> tab x` where x is the tab you want to go to. +To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right` or press :kbd:`Alt + Shift + Right Arrow`. To move a tab to the left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left` or press :kbd:`Alt + Shift + Left arrow`. To go to a particular tab :menuselection:`Actions --> Go to --> tab x` where x is the tab you want to go to.To move to the tab you had before :menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab in History` or press :kbd:`Control+ Tab`. To move to the next tab before that :menuselection:`Actions --> Next Tab in History` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift + Tab`. -To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press :kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape` or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again. To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. To move to the next result press the rightward pointing arrow button. To move to the previous result is to press the leftward pointing arrow. To change to not to match case press the gear button uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox. +To bring a search for the text displayed on your terminal press :kbd:`Control +Shift +F` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Find...`. To close the search bar press :kbd:`Escape`, the :guilabel:`x` button, or :kbd:`Control+Shift+F` again. To find what you need to search for in the :guilabel:`Find` search bar. To move to the next result press the :guilabel:`rightward pointing arrow` button. To move to the previous result is to press the :guilabel:`leftward pointing arrow`. To change to not to match case press the gear button uncheck the :guilabel:`Match Case` checkbox. To toggle highlighting all matches check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Highlight all matches` checkbox. To use a regular expression click the downward pointing arrow button and check the :guilabel:`Regular expression` checkbox. .. image:: qterminal-find.png To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X`, right click :menuselection:`Clear Active Terminal`, or :menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window Borders` or right click and select :menuselection:`Hide Window Borders`. To toggle showing the entire menubar press :kbd:`Control+Shift+M` or right click on the :menuselection:`Toggle Menu` then do the same thing to get the menu back again. To toggle showing the tab bar :menuselection:`View --> Show Tab Bar`. To change which side of the terminal the tab bar is :menuselection:`View --> Tabs Layout`. To use the drop down function of QTerminal once launched press :kbd:`F12` to have the terminal drop down or roll up. When you click outside the drop down terminal it will autohide. If you don't want QTerminal to autohide press the lock button on the upper right hand side. To have QTerminal drop down autohide again unclick the lock button. .. image:: qterminal-drop.png To rename a tab press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+S` or right click on the tab bar and select :menuselection:`Rename session` and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button in the popup. To change the color of the tab :menuselection:`Change title color` menuselection. You can also close a tab by right clicking on it and select :menuselection:`Close session`. Customizing ----------- To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`File --> Preferences` or right click the terminal and :menuselection:`Preferences`. To change your font press the :guilabel:`Change` button next to the :guilabel:`Font` label and a dialog will show up. To change the font size enter it in the :guilabel:`Size` field. The terminal works best with monospaced fonts which often have mono somewhere in their name. To change your font use the :guilabel:`Font` drop down. .. image:: qterminal-font.png -The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the bar to that part of the window of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character. +The :guilabel:`Color scheme` field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal colors appear. The :guilabel:`Widget style` lets you overwrite the system widget style with something other than system default. The :guilabel:`Scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the :menuselection:`Left`, :menuselection:`Right`, or :menuselection:`No scrollbar`. The :guilabel:`Tabs position` moves the tabbar to the direction of the side of the QTerminal window you select. The :guilabel:`Cursor shape` changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, underline cursor a small underline, or IBeamCursor which is quite small like a | character. -To disable using the alt key in keyboard combos to activate the window for QTerminal check the :guilabel:`No menu bar accelerator` checkbox. To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu bar` checkbox. To hide window borders check the checkbox :guilabel:`Hide Window Broders`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab can be in pixels. The :guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-directional text support`. To use box drawing character from the font you use check the :guilabel:`Use box drawing characters contained in the font` checkbox. +To use a bold font for bright colors with syntax highlighting check the :guilabel:`Use bold font face for intense colors` checkbox. To disable using the alt key in keyboard combos to activate the window for QTerminal check the :guilabel:`No menu bar accelerator` checkbox. To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the menu bar` checkbox. To hide window borders check the checkbox :guilabel:`Hide Window Borders`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Fixed tab width` limits how wide a tab can be in pixels. The :guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border around the terminal. To disable having the x button to close each tab uncheck the :guilabel:`Close button on each tab` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window. To have support for languages with both right to left and left to right text check the :guilabel:`Enable bi-directional text support`. To use box drawing character from the font you use check the :guilabel:`Use box drawing characters contained in the font` checkbox. -.. image:: qterminalprefrences.png +.. image:: qterminal-preferences.png The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent transparent for the full application transparency. The field :guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image`. To change what QTerminal will do with the background image if the window doesn't exactly fit use the :guilabel:`Background mode` menu. The field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal splits to have when you start up QTerminal. To have a margin on the left side of the terminal set the :guilabel:`Terminal margin` will make a margin at the bottom of the terminal to not have the bottom text cut off. To apply these changes to see how they appear on QTerminal press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. -The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different kinds of emulation. The :guilabel:`History size (in lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will save an unlimited amount of history. To change where you are viewing the terminal when you paste change the :guilabel:`Action after paste` menu. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` checkbox removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. To not close tabs by middle clicking uncheck the :guilabel:`Close tab on middle-click`. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing QTerminal. To have QTerminal be the same size window check the :guilabel:`Save Size when closing`. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you were on. To Open new tabs to the right of the current tab check the :guilabel:`Open new tab to the right of the active tab` checkbox. +The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different kinds of emulation. The :guilabel:`History size (in lines)` lets you save only that many lines of history. The button for :guilabel:`Unlimited history` will save an unlimited amount of history. To change where you are viewing the terminal when you paste change the :guilabel:`Action after paste` menu. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` checkbox removes excess newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. To not close tabs by middle clicking uncheck the :guilabel:`Close tab on middle-click` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation dialog when you close QTerminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position when closing` saves the position when closing QTerminal. To save where QTerminal is on the screen check the :guilabel:`Save Position when closing` checkbox. To have QTerminal be the same size window check the :guilabel:`Save Size when closing`. The :guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open new terminals in the last working directory you were on. To Open new tabs to the right of the current tab check the :guilabel:`Open new tab to the right of the active tab` checkbox. .. image:: qterminal-pref-behavior.png The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard shortcut you want. To change how you sort your keyboard shortcuts left click on the column to sort in a different order. To change your keyboard shortcut double click for that shortcut and then press the keyboard shortcut you want. .. image:: qterminal-shortcuts.png -The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is hidden. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different key. +The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop down settings of QTerminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox if checked shows the drop down menu when it is launched otherwise it is hidden. To have the terminal open if you go to a different window check the :guilabel:`Keep window open when it loses focus` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to bring down the drop down terminal and to change the shortcut type in a different key. .. image:: qterminal-drop-pref.png The :guilabel:`Bookmark` tab has settings for a sidebar to quickly change directories in the terminal. To enable this sidebar check the :guilabel:`Enable bookmarks` checkbox. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.0 of QTerminal. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 of QTerminal. How to Launch ------------- To launch QTerminal in a normal window go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal` or run .. code:: qterminal from the command line. To launch a drop down version of QTerminal from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> QTerminal drop down` or run .. code:: qterminal -d from the command line. You can also launch QTerminal by pressing the keyboard shortcut :kbd:`Control+Alt+T`. The icon for QTerminal looks like a black background with a white command line prompt on it. diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/nm-tray.rst b/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/nm-tray.rst index c8f1de14..210e08ec 100644 --- a/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/nm-tray.rst +++ b/source/3/3.1/3.1.4/nm-tray.rst @@ -1,38 +1,38 @@ Chapter 3.1.4 nm-tray ===================== nm-tray is the default applet to manage network connections on Lubuntu. Usage ------ If you want to connect to a network on nm-tray left click the icon in the system tray. If you have a wired connection with DHCP it should connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a network it will be listed under connections which you can see by left clicking on nm-tray icons. To see the list of all known connections left click on the tray applet and look under :guilabel:`Known Connection(s)`. To view the list of active connections left click on the tray icon and look under :guilabel:`Active connection(s)`. To view the list of wifi networks is listed under :guilabel:`Wi-Fi networks` you are connected to. -To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for :menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck :menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To turn off all networking uncheck :menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To scan for wifi networks right click on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`. +To turn off all networking uncheck :menuselection:`Enable Networking`. To toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for :menuselection:`Enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck :menuselection:`Enable Wi-Fi`. To scan for wifi networks right click on the network icon and select :menuselection:`Wifi - select scan`. To bring up more options to edit your connection right click the nm-tray icon and select :menuselection:`Edit connections`. .. image:: nm-tray-context.png To view your own networking information right click the applet :menuselection:`Connection Information` which will pop up a window with information such as your IP address. On this window each interface will show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to the system what type of connection it is. The :guilabel:`Hardware Address` shows your MAC address. The label for :guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the connection. .. image:: nm-tray-conninfo.png The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you your current IP address. The :guilabel:`DNS` fields show where your DNS looks up the domain names of websites and finds them. The section :guilabel:`IPV6` shows information on your settings for networking using IPV6. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you current IPV6 address. To see the the root to your DNS servers for IPV6 see the :guilabel:`DNS(1)` field. To see your backup IPV6 DNS server see the :guilabel:`DNS(2)` field. Screenshot ---------- .. image:: nm-tray.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.3 of nm-tray. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.5.0 of nm-tray. How to Launch ------------- nm-tray should automatically launch in the system tray to and looks like either a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an Ethernet connection. If you do not have nm-tray running and want to start it just once from the command line run .. code:: nm-tray diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde_partitionmanager.rst b/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde_partitionmanager.rst index 26d2e7c4..cfc632f2 100644 --- a/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde_partitionmanager.rst +++ b/source/3/3.1/3.1.6/kde_partitionmanager.rst @@ -1,74 +1,74 @@ Chapter 3.1.6 KDE Partition Manager =================================== KDE partition manager creates partitions partitions, deletes partitions, and checks the health of your hard drives and solid state drives. .. warning:: Deleting and creating new partitions can result in data loss so please back up your data before removing or creating partitions. Usage ------ To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the :menuselection:`Device --> SMART Status` or by right clicking on the device in the side pane :menuselection:`Smart Status`. The field :guilabel:`SMART status` shows the overall health of your drive or if it has detected any problems. The field :guilabel:`Model` shows the model number of your particular drive. The field :guilabel:`Temperature` shows the temperature of your drive but it is bad for it to be too hot. The field :guilabel:`Bad sectors` show how many sectors on your drive are no longer functioning. The field :guilabel:`Powered on for` shows how long your drive has been powered on. To see how many times your machine has rebooted with the drive look at the :guilabel:`Power cycles` field. The :guilabel:`Self tests field` is for if the drive has completed its self tests. The field :guilabel:`Overall assessment` shows your overall status of the drive. Below is having a list of the raw values of smart on the drive some of which can be vendor specific or depend on each drive. One important one on spinning discs is to realize if the :guilabel:`Reallocated Sectors Count` which if nonzero likely means imminent drive failure. .. image:: smart-status.png You can see your disk usage for each partition graphically with the bars at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage full of the partition and you can select each partition by left clicking on that section of the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Type` column lets you see which filesystem is on the partition. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` column shows where that partition is mounted. The :guilabel:`Mount Point` column shows where that partition is mounted. The :guilabel:`Partition Label` column shows the name of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of space used on the drive. To see what flags a partition has use the :guilabel:`Flags` column. If you want to add or remove additional columns showing info about partitions right click on the labels of the columns. On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive on the left with the name of each device. Another way to switch which device you are managing partitions on use :menuselection:`Device --> Select Current Device`. To delete a partition left click on a partition to select it press :kbd:`Delete`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Delete`, or right click and select :menuselection:`Delete`. To add a new partition in unallocated space press :kbd:`Control+N` or :menuselection:`Partition --> New`. To view statistical information on a partition select the partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Properties` or right click on that partition :menuselection:`Properties`. To resize or move a partition press :kbd:`Control+R`, :menuselection:`Partition --> Resize/Move`, or right click on the partition and select :menuselection:`Resize/Move`. On the bottom of the window a list of :guilabel:`Pending Operations` to be applied to your drives. To undo an unwanted pending operation right click on the operation and select :menuselection:`Undo` or press :kbd:`Control+z`. If you want to delete a partition on a hard drive and overwrite the data on that partition :menuselection:`Partition --> Shred` or :kbd:`Shift+Delete`. However shredding solid state drives is not recommended as it may not fully scrub the data and may marginally wear out your drive. To change your partitions you will need to apply your changes later press the :guilabel:`Apply` button or :menuselection:`Edit --> Apply`. After pressing Apply a dialog will come up asking you to confirm and check this is what you want to do and then press :guilabel:`Apply Pending Operations` to apply these changes. To go back from this point press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To undo your your changes to your partitions press :kbd:`Control+Z`, the :guilabel:`Undo` button, or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To clear your operations that have yet to been applied :menuselection:`Edit --> Clear` or right click on pending operations :menuselection:`Clear` and then use the dialog to confirm. If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visible anymore. Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated space you can right click on the unallocated space press the :guilabel:`New` button, :menuselection:`Partition --> New`, or press :kbd:`control+N`. A window will popup saying with what type of settings to create the partition with. To change what filesystem you want to create will show in the :guilabel:`File system:` drop down menu. To change what size of partition you want to create change the :guilabel:`Size:` field. To create free space before the partition change the :guilabel:`Free space before:` field. To change free space after the partition change the :guilabel:`Free space after` field. To actually create the partition press the :guilabel:`OK` button while to cancel press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. .. warning:: Creating a new partition table on a disk with data on it will cause the loss of all data on the entire disk not just a partition. To change a mount point of a drive internally for your machine to have it start mounted access to it always :menuselection:`Partition --> Edit Mount Point` or :menuselection:`Edit Mount Point`. This will popup a new window to choose the path where to mount this partition enter it in the :guilabel:`Path` field. Below there are many :guilabel:`Options` for how to mount things. To actually cause this to be mounted press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To cancel mounting this partition press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. Once this happens you will get a dialog asking if you really want to do this as it changes the file in etc/fstab. To really go through with changing this press the :guilabel:`Save changes` button. To not save these changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. After you have done this you can right click on this drive and select :guilabel:`Mount` to mount it immediately. Once saved in /etc/fstab your drive will be saved and mounted at this point every time. However if you want to edit a mount point you will need to unmount the partition first and you can do this from right clicking and selecting :guilabel:`Unmount`. To view information of a partition on your drive double click on it. On the top a bar code on the top shows how full the partition is. To see what kind of file system it is in the :guilabel:`File system` field. To see a label on your filesystem look at the :guilabel:`Label` field. To see where that partition is mounted is in the :guilabel:`Mount point` field. To see what partition type you use in the :guilabel:`Partition type` field. To see the size of the partition is in the :guilabel:`Size` field. To see the available size read the :guilabel:`Available` field. To see how much is used of your partition see the :guilabel:`Used` label. .. image:: kde-partition-partionstats.png If you have multiple drives on your system :menuselection:`Device --> Select Current Device --> Desired Disk`. To view information on the current drive such as what type of partition table or Logical size and smart status :menuselection:`Device --> Properties`. If you do not really see all your devices or current status press :kbd:`F5` or :menuselection:`Tools --> Refresh Devices`. To show which filesystems and what operations can be done with KDE Partition Manager :menuselection:`Tools --> File System Support`. The checkmark means the operation is supported and the red ! shows that the function is not supported. To see what program is used for this file system operation see the :guilabel:`Support Tools` column. If you want to quit KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Screenshot ----------- .. image:: kde_partitionmanager.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 21.12.2 of KDE Partition Manager. +Lubuntu ships with version 22.08.0 of KDE Partition Manager. How to launch ------------- To launch KDE Partition Manager from the :menuselection:`System Tools --> KDE Partition Manager` or run .. code:: partitionmanager from the command line. The icon for KDE Partition Manager is a series of blue and green rings that are partially complete with a white center. Customizing ----------- To toggle showing a statusbar that shows pending operations check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show Statusbar` checkbox in the menu. To toggle showing your devices side pane check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Devices`. To toggle showing information about the currently selected partition check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Shown --> Information` checkbox in the menu. To toggle showing pending operations check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Settings --> Panel Shown --> Pending Operations` checkbox. To toggle showing log output of check/uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Panels Show --> Log Output` checkbox. To close a panel press the :guilabel:`x` button on that panel. To customize settings for KDE Partition Manager press :kbd:`Control+Shift+,` or :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure KDE Partition Manager`. The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for aligning partitions and defaults for partitions. To toggle aligning partitions with sectors on a disk check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Align partitions by default` checkbox. To change where your sectors on your disc align to use the :guilabel:`Sector alignment` field. To change which messages to log you can change with :guilabel:`Hide messages below` to hide lower level messages to be logged. To choose your default file system use the :guilabel:`Default file system` drop down menu. To change whether to overwrite shredded data with zeros or random data use the buttons to the right of :guilabel:`Overwrite with` group of buttons. .. image:: kde-partition-pref.png To change the different colors of filesystem as they appear use the :guilabel:`File System Colors` tab. To change the colors of each filesystem in the top bar and other things left click on the button next to the filesystem name. .. image:: kde-partition-colors.png The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab allows even more settings on KDE Partition Manager. To change what preferred unit to display space as by default change the :guilabel:`Preferred unit` drop down menu. diff --git a/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/lxqt-sudo.rst b/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/lxqt-sudo.rst index d2ca5e58..91ca9e6d 100644 --- a/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/lxqt-sudo.rst +++ b/source/3/3.1/3.1.7/lxqt-sudo.rst @@ -1,39 +1,39 @@ Chapter 3.1.7 LXQt sudo ======================= LXQt-sudo is the default way to launch graphical applications with administrative privileges on Lubuntu. Usage ------ LXQt-sudo is used to open graphical programs as an administrator. .. warning:: Modifying the wrong system configuration files with administrator privileges could make your system unable to boot or for you to be unable to login. To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you did with sudo. You will need administrative privileges to edit config files but make sure you know what you are doing. To actually use LXQt sudo you will need to type your password into the :guilabel:`Password` field and then press the :guilabel:`OK` button. To see which attempt to authenticate you are on will be shown with :guilabel:`Attempt #`. To not run your command as root if you decide against it press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To copy the command you are running as root press the button with two sheets of paper. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with 0.17.0 of lXQt-sudo. +Lubuntu ships with 1.1.0 of lXQt-sudo. Screenshot ---------- .. image:: lxqt-sudo.png How to Launch ------------- To launch LXQt-sudo from the command line to run Featherpad with administrative privileges use .. code:: lxqt-sudo featherpad You can also run LXQt-sudo from the runner for example type in .. code:: lxqt-sudo pcmanfm-qt into the runner to launch PCManFM-Qt with administrative privileges without opening a terminal. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst index 80df3560..99aaf52a 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ Chapter 3.2.1 LXQt Configuration Center ======================================= LXQt Configuration Center is the default "control center" application with buttons that launches programs to configure LXQt the default desktop environment of Lubuntu. Usage ------ LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape` or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. Another way to select programs is move the currently selected item with the arrow keys on your keyboard and you can launch a program by pressing :kbd:`Enter`. Screenshot ---------- .. image:: configuration_center.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of LXQt Configuration Center. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 of LXQt Configuration Center. How to Launch ------------- To launch LXQt Configuration Center from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> LXQt Configuration Center` or run .. code:: lxqt-config from the command line. The icon for LXQt Configuration Center is a lightbulb with a gear in the background. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst index c5cc8e3d..e5c21081 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst @@ -1,51 +1,53 @@ Chapter 3.2.10 Monitor Settings =============================== Monitor Settings controls your monitor(s) resolution, refresh rate, and saves monitor settings. Usage ------ If you use a single monitor you can change your single monitor resolution on the right hand size and select your resolution. When you change your resolution you will be asked to confirm to make sure you don't make a choice that makes it harder to use your computer. .. image:: monitor_settings.png If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab from the menu labeled :guilabel:`Rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the monitor with inverted being upside down. Below you can also choose the refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh rate` drop down menu to choose how fast your monitor refreshes. .. image:: advnacedmontiortab.png To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`Info` tab and read that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the serial number the size of the display and the serial number. .. image:: monitor-info.png -To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press :guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the :guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. To close monitor settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button. +To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`Save` button and a pop up will show that your have your settings OK for you and press :guilabel:`Yes`. To view your saved settings press the :guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved with the time and date of when you saved the settings. If you want to apply your saved settings press the settings button with the gear around the light bulb. To see a summary of what your saved settings are left click on your settings and preview will show on the right hand column showing a summary. To choose your saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`Apply` button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a meaningful name you can press the :guilabel:`Rename` button with a name for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete these setting later press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. .. image:: monitor_settings_settings.png +To close monitor settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button. + Multimonitor ------------ With multiple monitors you can in the :guilabel:`Set position` tab you can drag the different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to each other. To see which screen is which you will be labeled by their name which commonly is which port it is connected to your computer with. If you want to have no annoying overlap between two monitors you can move a monitor beyond the edge of the current monitor and then it will snap back into perfect alignment. .. image:: multimonitor_settings.png The :guilabel:`Fast Menu` tab has ways to quickly turn on or off different monitors. The :guilabel:`Fast options` selection :menuselection:`Extended view` sets you to set extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a :menuselection:`Unified view` on the :guilabel:`Fast Options` shows the same thing on both screens. :guilabel:`Only first` shows up the first screen while :menuselection:`Only second` shows only the second. .. image:: multimonitor-fast.png The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each monitor. This also has the same settings for this monitor as you would have for a single monitor with a few additions. To turn each display on or off toggle the :guilabel:`Enable this display` checkbox. Towards the bottom there is a drop down menu that and select :menuselection:`This is my primary Display` to make this your main monitor. The primary display will also be the display that desktop icons appear on by default first. If you select :menuselection:`This screen extends another display` this monitor will be a secondary monitor that shows something different than what the primary display shows. After selecting to extending another display two boxes will show up for where to place the second monitor.The box that shows a number and says :guilabel:`(x)` is a box that lets you show how many pixels to move this display horizontally. The box that shows a number and says :guilabel:`(y)` is a box that shows how many pixels to move the display vertically. .. image:: multimonitor-extended.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of Monitor Settings. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 of Monitor Settings. How to Launch ------------- To launch Monitor Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From LXQt Configuration Center press the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run .. code:: lxqt-config-monitor from the command line. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst index b29cf7da..1a926bb7 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst @@ -1,57 +1,58 @@ Chapter 3.2.11 Openbox Settings =============================== Openbox Settings changes configuration of openbox the default window manager of Lubuntu. Usage ------ The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars and menus provided by the window manager. To change the theme of the titlebar left click on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately appear and you will see it on that window. If you want to check what menus to manage windows will look like click on the icon on the left of the titlebar. .. image:: obconf-titlebar.png -The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or add/remove buttons. Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the iconify (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN. +The :guilabel:`Appearance` tab lets you change the location of buttons or add/remove buttons. The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it. + +Lubuntu ships with the ability to have two additional buttons on the titlebar one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the :guilabel:`Button order`. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the iconify (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first the box labeled window titles should read CMI Then L for the window label which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the right with Close, Maximize, Iconify, the window title, then shade the window, and all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read CMILSDN. -The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has windows still have a border if you choose to decorate them. The :guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simple animation when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it. .. image:: openbox-config.png The :guilabel:`Font` tab changes the font and font sizes for several different contexts. To change the style of the font you can under the :guilabel:`Inactive window title` field. For example if you have trouble telling which window you are in you can make the font italic for the titlebars of inactive windows to make it even more obvious. Other fonts you can change are :guilabel:`Active Window title`, :guilabel:`Menu header`, :guilabel:`Menu Item`, :guilabel:`Active On-screen display`, or :guilabel:`Inactive On-screen display`. To chose which monitor if you want them on a specific monitor select the monitor with :guilabel:`Fixed monitor`. .. image:: obconf-font.png The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows. The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new windows focus when they finish opening and then be the active window as if you clicked on the icon on the taskbar. The :guilabel:`Place new Windows under the mouse pointer` puts all your new windows you open under the mouse pointer. The :guilabel:`Center new windows when they are placed` puts the new windows in the center of the monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Prefer to place new windows on` shows you where to place new windows on multimonitor layouts. To change which desktop openbox uses for places when switching windows with alt tab change the :guilabel:`Primary monitor` drop down. .. image:: obconf-windows.png The :guilabel:`Move & Resize` tab changes settings for moving and resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`Update window contents while resizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked will have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The :guilabel:`Drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels to drag a window. To change how much you need to drag a window past another window change the :guilabel:`Amount of resistance against other windows` field. The :guilabel:`Switch desktops when moving a window past the screen edge` checkbox lets you drag a window past the edge to switch desktops. To change how hard it is to drag a window past a screen edge change the :guilabel:`Amount of resistance against screen edges` field. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before switching` lets you change the amount of time to wait before moving beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop or physical monitor. The drop down menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` is where to show this information dialog. .. image:: obconf-mv-resize.png The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over them`. To change your focus to a new window check/uncheck the checkbox :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when switching desktops`. If you move a window with a keyboard shortcut and a different window is under it check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers. The :guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of double clicking on the titlebar what option of to shade or maximize the window or custom actions which Lubuntu has set to maximize. To change how long you have to double click change the :guilabel:`Double click time` field. .. image:: obconf-mouse.png On the :guilabel:`Desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is a checkbox to :guilabel:`Show a notification when switching desktops` and a field for how many milliseconds to show that notification for. To change how many virtual desktops you have change the :guilabel:`Number of desktops` field. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want. .. image:: obconfdesktop.png To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`Margins` tab. The fields :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a margin. .. image:: obconf-margins.png To close Openbox Settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.16.0 of Openbox Settings. +Lubuntu ships with version 0.16.2 of Openbox Settings. How to Launch ------------- -To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox Settings button with two computer windows or run +To launch Openbox Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Openbox Settings`. From LXQt settings press the Openbox Settings button with two computer windows or run .. code:: obconf-qt from the command line. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/lxqt-power-battery.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/lxqt-power-battery.png index 0cee119f..8c8f2b0b 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/lxqt-power-battery.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/lxqt-power-battery.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst index 11bc9df1..f6ff31f9 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst @@ -1,48 +1,48 @@ Chapter 3.2.12 Power Management =============================== Power Management manages low charge in your laptop battery, actions for laptop lid being closed, and what to do when your computer is idle for long periods. Usage ------ LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, idleness, and what happens when you press power or sleep buttons. Each of the checkboxes for battery, laptop lid, or idleness watchers are checkboxes to enable or disable each. The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a :guilabel:`+` with a ring around it representing your current battery charge on your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will see a :guilabel:`-` symbol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is fully charged it will turn into a black circle. .. image:: lxqt-power-battery.png -The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. To toggle showing and icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show icon` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your icon theme. If you are using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the bottom of the screen. +The field :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` Watches the battery on your system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field. To toggle showing and icon check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show icon` checkbox. To change the icon used for battery change the :guilabel:`Icon` drop down. If you are using a virtual machine or desktop without a battery and get annoyed that notification saying no battery at first login simply uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable Battery Watcher` checkbox. To see what your battery will look like it is under the text :guilabel:`Preview` text in the bottom of the screen. To show what the battery would look like at different charges change the :guilabel:`Label` slider. -The :guilabel:`Lid` tab manages settings for when you close your laptop lid. The lid watcher lets you choose to suspend or shut off your computer when the lid is closed on battery or on AC. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Enable Lid Watcher` enables actions to be taken when the laptop lid is closed and of course uncheck means it won't take any action. The :guilabel:`On battery` field changes what action to take when your laptop which each does it like it sounds like. The :guilabel:`On AC` is changes what action to take when your laptop lid is closed and it is plugged into power. +The :guilabel:`Lid` tab manages settings for when you close your laptop lid. The lid watcher lets you choose to suspend or shut off your computer when the lid is closed on battery or on AC. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Enable Lid Watcher` enables actions to be taken when the laptop lid is closed and of course uncheck means it won't take any action. The :guilabel:`On Battery` field changes what action to take when your laptop is powered by the battery. The :guilabel:`On AC` is changes what action to take when your laptop lid is closed and it is plugged into power. .. image:: lid watcher.png The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are plugged in to an external monitor. The fields :guilabel:`On Battery` and :guilabel:`On AC` function as above just different settings when plugged into an external monitor. -The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle on AC` you select whether you want to do Nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown, or Turn Off Monitor(s) when your computer is plugged in. The :guilabel:`When idle on Battery` field tell you how long to wait when you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish. To change when what happens when your computer is unplugged change the :guilabel:`When idle on Battery` field. To change how long to change what happens when the idle when your computer is unplugged change :guilabel:`Battery idle time` field. +The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle on AC` you select whether you want to do Nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown, or Turn Off Monitor(s) when your computer is plugged in. The :guilabel:`On Battery` field tell you how long to wait when you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish. To change when what happens when your computer is unplugged change the :guilabel:`When idle on Battery` field. To change how long to change what happens when the idle when your computer is unplugged change :guilabel:`Battery idle time` field. -To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the bright the screen becomes when idle :guilabel:`Backlight` slider as lowering the brightness will use less power. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery discharging` checkbox. To disable changing the screen when you have a window fullscreen check the :guilabel:`Disable idleness when fullscreen` checkbox. +To enable changing the backlight brightness when your computer is idle check the :guilabel:`Enable Backlight Change` checkbox. To change the bright the screen becomes when idle :guilabel:`Backlight(%)` slider as lowering the brightness will use less power. To change how long to reduce your brightness on your laptop change the :guilabel:`Idle time` field. To have the screen reduce brightness even when plugged in uncheck the :guilabel:`On battery discharging` checkbox. To disable changing the screen when you have a window fullscreen check the :guilabel:`Disable idleness when fullscreen` checkbox. .. image:: power_management.png To change what buttons do in regards to power use the :guilabel:`Power keys` tab. To change what the power button does change :guilabel:`Power Key Action` to what you want to happen when you press the power button on your computer. To change what the suspend button does use the :guilabel:`Suspend Key Action` menu. To change what the hibernate button does use the :guilabel:`Hibernate Key Action` menu. .. image:: power-keys.png To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Power Management press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of Power Management. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 of Power Management. How to Launch ------------- To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Power Management`. The Power Management icon looks like a yellow circle with a black lightning bolt. You can also run .. code:: lxqt-config-powermanagement from the command line. You can launch Power Management from the panel by right clicking on the battery icon and select :menuselection:`Configure`. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.png index f47b0890..cc4950c4 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst index 64599c89..7db201e6 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst @@ -1,40 +1,39 @@ Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings =============================== Session Settings is the way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. Here you manage default applications and services at startup. Usage ------ The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu. Choose from the drop down list or press :guilabel:`Search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window manager. The :guilabel:`LXQt Modules` heading lists the different part of LXQt if you find you do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To stop an LXQt Module left click on the module name press the :guilabel:`Stop` button. To start a stopped LXQt Modules press the :guilabel:`Start` button. If you want to restart part of LXQt without using the command line first press the :guilabel:`Stop` button and then the :guilabel:`Start` button. .. image:: sessionsettings-basic.png -The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` field. - +To make everything on the screen appear bigger increase the :guilabel:`Scale factor` field. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask for confirmation to leave session` gives you a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`Lock screen before suspending/hibernating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending or hibernating. To change how long to wait after locking the screen to delay or suspend change the :guilabel:`Suspend/hibernate after lock delay` field. To change where LXQt saves the default user directories left click on the :guilabel:`User Directories` tab. To view what folder to change the default location for use the :guilabel:`Desktop`, :guilabel:`Downloads`, :guilabel:`Templates`, :guilabel:`Public Share`, :guilabel:`Documents`, :guilabel:`Music`, :guilabel:`Pictures`, or :guilabel:`Videos` field to change that default folder for that. To bring up a dialog to change your folder press the folder button. In the center shows the current path to your documents. To go back to the default folder press the leftward pointing arrow with an x in it. .. image:: user-directories-tab.png The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. Click the :guilabel:`Add` button, give the process a name e.g. "Terminal drop down" and type in the :guilabel:`Name` and type appropriate terminal command e.g. "qterminal -d" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. If you are say autostarting a clipboard manager or something else that needs to be in a system tray check the :guilabel:`Wait for system tray` checkbox so the application does not autostart before the system tray and does not end up running. To change a keyboard shortcut press the :guilabel:`Edit` button. To stop a program from running automatically but not to delete the entry uncheck the checkbox in front of that entry. To remove a setting for autostart first uncheck the checkbox to disable autostarting that program then left click on the autostart press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. .. image:: session_settings.png -The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of these variables relate to hidpi support see ``_ . To change your cursor size change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable. +The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a variable double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the Variable Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. To change your cursor size change the XCURSOR_SIZE variable. .. image:: lxqt-session-advanced.png If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close session settings press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of Session Settings. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 of Session Settings. How to Launch ------------- To launch Session Settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Session Settings`. The icon for Session Settings looks like two interlocked gears. To run Session Settings from the command line run .. code:: lxqt-config-session diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/sessionsettings-basic.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/sessionsettings-basic.png index 3abcdc42..e62976f5 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/sessionsettings-basic.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.13/sessionsettings-basic.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst index 9bb80fa9..1b242eab 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst @@ -1,38 +1,38 @@ Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut Keys ============================ Shortcut Keys is the program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard shortcuts for Lubuntu. .. note:: The keyboard shortcuts are also managed by Openbox. Refer to Appendix F for more detail. Usage ------ You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the keyboard table, clicking the :guilabel:`Modify` button, then clicking on the shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want. You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To swap to shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button. You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`Add` button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button to start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut does, for example "start drop down terminal", or "increases screen brightness" in the :guilabel:`Description` field so you know what this shortcut does in the future. To make this execute a terminal command select the :guilabel:`Command` radio button and enter the command. To restore keyboard shortcuts to default press the :guilabel:`Default` button. To see what previous keyboard shortcuts use their are several columns to see what keyboard shortcuts do. To see what number of each keyboard shortcut look at the :guilabel:`Id` column. To see what keyboard to press look at the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column. To see what the shortcut does look at the :guilabel:`Description` column. To see what type of keyboard shortcut view the :guilabel:`Type` column. To see what command or what the shortcut will do view the :guilabel:`Info` column. To close Shortcut Keys press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. Screenshots ----------- .. image:: shortcut_keys.png .. image:: add_key_ex.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of Shortcut Keys. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 of Shortcut Keys. How to Launch ------------- To launch Shortcut Keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Shortcut Keys`. The icon for Shortcut Keys button looks like a keyboard. To launch Shortcut Keys from the command line run .. code:: lxqt-config-globalkeyshortcuts diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users-groups-gerneral-prop.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users-groups-general-prop.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users-groups-gerneral-prop.png rename to source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users-groups-general-prop.png diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst index a71d9e58..5be518aa 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst @@ -1,46 +1,48 @@ Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups =============================== Users and Groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system. Usage ------ The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the groups you want the user to be in under the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the users permission click account type and enter your password and select desktop user to not give permission to change the system or admin to change system settings. To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the :guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to enter the new password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button. +To see what name a user logs in with read the :guilabel:`Login Name` column. To see what each user id is read the :guilabel:`USER ID` column. To see the full name for a user read the :guilabel:`Full Name` column. To see what group the user primally belongs to read the :guilabel:`Group` column. To see the users home director read the :guilabel:`Home Directory` column. To show system users check the :guilabel:`Show system users` checkbox. + .. image:: users_and_groups.png To view an info on a particular user press the :guilabel:`Properties` or double click on the users name to bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by double clicking on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for files access to. -.. image:: users-groups-gerneral-prop.png +.. image:: users-groups-general-prop.png The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in. To add or remove a user from a group check or uncheck the checkbox for the group you want to add or remove a user from. To view what numeric group id each group has is in the :guilabel:`Group ID` field. .. image:: users-groups-group-prop.png The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab in the properties menu has settings with a login shells and where your home directory is. To change which shell you use when you login via ssh or directly to a console change the :guilabel:`Login Shell` drop down menu. To change where your home directory is use the :guilabel:`Home directory` field for your folder. .. image:: user-group-prop-advanced.png The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The :guilabel:`Group ID` shows the numeric group id of the group in the name field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group. -.. image:: users_groups_gropustab.png +.. image:: users_groups_groupstab.png .. warning:: Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing could break your system. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.0 of Users and Groups. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 of Users and Groups. How to Launch ------------- To launch Users and Groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Users and Groups`. The icon for Users and Groups is a teal circle with nondescript picture of a person in the foreground. Or you can run .. code:: lxqt-admin-user from the command line. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_groups_gropustab.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_groups_groupstab.png similarity index 100% rename from source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_groups_gropustab.png rename to source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_groups_groupstab.png diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/Printers.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/Printers.rst index abbeb4cb..5fe0e6c4 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/Printers.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.18/Printers.rst @@ -1,54 +1,54 @@ Chapter 3.2.18 Printers ======================= Printers allows you to configure your printer(s) and shows your print queue. Usage ------ To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click :menuselection:`View Print Queue`, with the printer selected press :kbd:`Control+F`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you can restart it. To see what status in your printer view the :guilabel:`Status` column to see if the job is pending, held or printed. To view what you have already printed press the :guilabel:`Checkmark` button. To reprint a job press the u shaped arrow button or right click and select :menuselection:`Reprint`. To cancel a job press the button with an octagon with a circle in it or right click on the job and select :menuselection:`Cancel`. To hold a printer job press the :guilabel:`||` button or right click and select :menuselection:`Hold`. .. image:: print-queue.png .. image:: printers.png To add a new printer press the :guilabel:`Add` button or :menuselection:`Server --> New --> Printer`. A dialog will popup showing where you can connect the printer. Then look for your printer in the sidebar on the left hand side. Left click on the name of your printer and press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. To change the name of your printer type it in the :guilabel:`Printer Name` field. To change the description of your printer type in the :guilabel:`Description` field. To have a location for the printer type in the :guilabel:`Location` field. To move to the next step press the :guilabel:`Forward` button. After this a dialog will pop up asking if you want to print a test page. .. image:: new_printer.png -If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> Rename`. +If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` or right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Delete` after left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidentally delete your printer. If you have multiple printers and want to set one as default right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Set As Default`. To change the name of your printer right click on the printer and select :menuselection:`Rename` or :menuselection:`Printer --> Rename`. To make a copy of a printer settings press :kbd:`Control+D`, right click :menuselection:`Duplicate`, or :menuselection:`Printer --> Duplicate`. To set a printer as default right click :menuselection:`Set As Default` or :menuselection:`Printer --> Set As Default`. To view or change the properties of printer or make changes with :menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`. To see settings on the printer has use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To change how to describe and name your :guilabel:`Description` field. To change where the location of this printer is change the :guilabel:`Location` field. To choose a different driver to use for your printer press the :guilabel:`Change` button to the right of :guilabel:`Make and Model`. To see the current state of the printer view the :guilabel:`Printer State` field. To see what To print a test page press the :guilabel:`Print Test Page` button. .. image:: prop-settings.png To change what your printer changes on errors or is enabled and banners use the :guilabel:`Policies` tab. To disable a printer uncheck the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox. To have the printer not accept jobs uncheck the :guilabel:`Accepting jobs` checkbox. To not share your printer uncheck the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox. To change what to do when your printer encounters an error change the :guilabel:`Error Policy` drop down menu. To have a banner before you start printing use the :guilabel:`Starting Banner` drop down. To have a banner ending what you print use the :guilabel:`Ending Banner` drop down. .. image:: prop-policies.png If you want to change which users can use this printer use the :guilabel:`Access Control` tab. To add a user to not be allowed to print type there name in the bar and press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove a user from this list left click on the username and click the :guilabel:`Delete` button. To switch to only allowing users on the list to print press the :guilabel:`Deny printing for everyone except these users` button. To switch back to banning users from printing press the :guilabel:`Allow printing for everyone except these users` checkbox. .. image:: prop-access-control.png To choose settings specific to your printer use the :guilabel:`Printer Options` tab. To choose your paper size use the :guilabel:`Media Size` drop down. To have your printer collate select :menuselection:`On` from the :guilabel:`Collate` drop down menu. To print color as gray check the :guilabel:`Print Color as Gray` checkbox. .. image:: prop-printer-option.png To see what options each jobs has for each printer use the :guilabel:`Job Options` tab. To change how many copies to have by default :guilabel:`Copies` field. To change which direction to print with this printer by default change the :guilabel:`Orientation` field. To have the printer resize anything you print to fit to a page check the :guilabel:`Scale to fit` checkbox. To close Printers press :kbd:`Control+Q`. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.15 of Printers. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.18 of Printers. How to Launch ------------- To launch Printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Printers` or run .. code:: system-config-printer from the command line. The icon for Printers looks like a printer. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/screensaver.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/screensaver.rst index 2d510497..7fa900bc 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/screensaver.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.19/screensaver.rst @@ -1,36 +1,40 @@ Chapter 3.2.19 Screensaver ========================== Screensaver is an application to control what screensavers are used on the system and how long it takes to activate the screensaver. Usage ------ The :guilabel:`Mode` drop down has 4 settings :menuselection:`Disable Screen Saver` turns off the screensaver, :menuselection:`Blank Screen Only` just turns the screen itself off, :menuselection:`Only One Screen Saver` sets one screensaver, and :menuselection:`Random Screen Saver` selects a random screensaver. If you selected to blank the screen change the :guilabel:`Blank After` field. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the number of minutes it says with :guilabel:`Cycle After` for when the screensaver will change to another one. Check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Lock Screen After` takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and change :guilabel:`minutes` to change how soon to lock the screen. To change your screensaver to a different screensaver left click on the name of the screensaver on the left hand side of the screen. You can see a small preview of the screensaver on the right hand side of the window. .. image:: screensaver.png If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. To see more settings for each individual screensaver press the :guilabel:`Settings` button. To make the screen blank :menuselection:`File --> Blank Screen Now`. To lock your Screen :menuselection:`File --> Lock Screen Now`. If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. To restart xscreensaver :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`. If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to launch it. -To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To have your screen fade to black when blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the :guilabel:`Fade Duration` field. +To change to get even more settings on your screensaver use the :guilabel:`Advanced` tab. To change images in your screensaver change settings in :guilabel:`Image Manipulation` heading. + +To change turrning the screen off and if to enter standby or suspend use the settings in :guilabel:`Display Power Management`. To enable xscreensaver to have power management check the :guilabel:`Power Management Enabled` checkbox. To change how fast to turn the computer into standby change the :guilabel:`Stanby After` field. To change how fast to suspend when idle change the :guilabel:`Suspend After` field. To turn the monitor off after an amount of time change the :guilabel:`Off After` field. To turn the screen off when blanking the screen check the :guilabel:`Quick Power-off in Blank Only Mode` chackbox. .. image:: screensaver-advanced.png +To change the settings for how to make your screen blank change the :guilabel:`Blanking` settings. To have your screen fade to black when blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade to Black when Blanking` checkbox. To have your screen fade back in from screen blanking check the :guilabel:`Fade from Black When Unblanking`. To change how fast your screen fades change the :guilabel:`Fade Duration` field. + Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 5.42 of Screensaver +Lubuntu ships with version 6.02 of Screensaver How to Launch ------------- To launch Screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Screensaver` or run .. code:: xscreensaver-demo from the command line. The icon for Screensaver looks like purple night picture of the sky at night. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-cursor.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-cursor.png index 74e50c0c..9e3234fe 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-cursor.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-cursor.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-gtk-style.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-gtk-style.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..88e9040e Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-gtk-style.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-icon-theme.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-icon-theme.png index 23736920..2c36caee 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-icon-theme.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance-icon-theme.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.png index 52f135bf..88e9040e 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst index 2f16c64b..c024c4ed 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst @@ -1,42 +1,46 @@ Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance ======================== Appearance is the default program that changes the theming of LXQt for a different visual look. Usage ------ -The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and menus are drawn. To change how buttons and toolbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications use the :guilabel:`Qt Style` menu. The section :guilabel:`Qt Palate` changes colors on Qt applications. To change the background color of windows use the :guilabel:`Window` button and then choose your color. To change foreground elements colors use the :guilabel:`View` menu. To change the color of selected buttons and text change the :guilabel:`Selection` button. To change the color of hyperlinks on windows change the :guilabel:`Link` button. To change how the text of windows appears change the :guilabel:`Window Text` field. To change the color of text on buttons change the :guilabel:`View Text` button. To change the color of text you have selected press the :guilabel:`Selected Text` button. to change the color of links you have visited press the :guilabel:`Visited Link` button. To change your colors back to default press the :guilabel:`Default Palette` button and then press :guilabel:`Apply`. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`Set GTK themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme for GTK3 applications. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click. +The tab :guilabel:`Widget Style` changes the way windows, buttons, and menus are drawn. To change how buttons and toolbars look on Lubuntu in Qt applications use the :guilabel:`Qt Style` menu. The section :guilabel:`Qt Palate` changes colors on Qt applications. To change the background color of windows use the :guilabel:`Window` button and then choose your color. To change foreground elements colors use the :guilabel:`View` menu. To change the color of selected buttons and text change the :guilabel:`Selection` button. To change the color of hyperlinks on windows change the :guilabel:`Link` button. To change how the text of windows appears change the :guilabel:`Window Text` field. To change the color of text on buttons change the :guilabel:`View Text` button. To change the color of text you have selected press the :guilabel:`Selected Text` button. to change the color of links you have visited press the :guilabel:`Visited Link` button. To change your colors back to default press the :guilabel:`Default Palette` button and then press :guilabel:`Apply`. To load another palette press the :guilabel:`Load Palette` button and then left click on the palette you want and press :guilabel:`OK`. To save your current custom pallette press the :guilabel:`Save Palette` button enter a name and press :guilabel:`OK`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` checkbox has makes things you normally need two clicks for one click. .. image:: appearance.png The :guilabel:`Icons Theme` tab changes desktop icons on your computer and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows. The icon theme changes how all the icon look and how some button looks in other windows such as the reset button as well. The :guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the background icons with the color of the background. However changing an icon theme may not apply until the application is restarted or you log out and back in again. .. image:: appearance-icon-theme.png The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt Theme` lets you change how the panel and notifications appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one that comes with the LXQt theme. .. image:: lxqt-theme-tab.png -The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the :guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per inch of the screen. To change how much the fonts are hinted change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu. +The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the default font there is the :guilabel:`Font name` drop down that you can type the font name you or select from the drop down menu. To make the font bold or italic change the :guilabel:`Style` menu. To change the font size that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the :guilabel:`Point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`Font hinting` for fonts lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen viewing. To change how much the fonts are hinted change the :guilabel:`Font hinting style` drop down menu. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per inch of the screen. .. image:: appearance-font.png -The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see things spin for example. +The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but more available in the package repositories. To see a preview of the cursor theme it is above all the cursor theme on above the list of themes and moving the cursor turns it into that preview one of cursor to see things spin for example. To change how big the cursor is change the :guilabel:`Size` field. .. image:: appearance-cursor.png +To manage settings for GTK applications use the :guilabel:`GTK Style` tab. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`Set GTK themes` settings will apply native themes to GTK applications. The field for :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The :guilabel:`GTK 3 Theme` field sets the theme for GTK3 applications. + +.. image:: appearance-gtk-style.png + If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the :guilabel:`Reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before. To actually quit by the keyboard press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of Appearance. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 of Appearance. How to Launch ------------- To launch Appearance in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Appearance`. Another way to launch Appearance is to press the Appearance button from LXQt configuration center or run .. code:: lxqt-config-appearance from the command line. The icon for Appearance looks like a screenshot of a monitor with a window on it. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/lxqt-theme-tab.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/lxqt-theme-tab.png index 77c27cd9..5a27dba2 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/lxqt-theme-tab.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.2/lxqt-theme-tab.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst index a448ccce..e543b9c9 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst @@ -1,33 +1,33 @@ Chapter 3.2.3 Brightness ======================== Brightness is the default tool to control your screen brightness. If you are using a laptop turning down your screen brightness can increase battery life by a large amount as well however too dim and the screen will be illegible. Usage ------ To use brightness click drag a set of sliders on thee for a particular monitor or backlight. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click on the slider and drag the dial towards the left. If you want to make the screen more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the slider towards the right. The name of your display(s) will be on a slider on the center. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current brightness is OK while needing to select :guilabel:`Yes`. If you do not respond it will revert the old brightness which is useful because if you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings. Using a less bright backlight will result in longer battery life. .. image:: brightness-confirmation.png If you have multiple displays and want to change the brightness of each monitor individually it will be shown with the name of the monitor will be shown on a slider for each monitor. If you do not want to confirmation uncheck the :guilabel:`Require confirmation after settings change` checkbox. To close Brightness press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. Screenshot ---------- .. image:: brightness.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with 0.17.1 of Brightness. +Lubuntu ships with 1.1.0 of Brightness. How to Launch ------------- To launch Brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the Brightness icon on LXQt Configuration Center or run .. code:: lxqt-config-brightness from the commandline. The icon for Brightness looks like a half moon with a gear in the background. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst index 54657ce1..adae7b21 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst @@ -1,34 +1,34 @@ Chapter 3.2.4 Date and Time =========================== Date and Time is a program that changes your timezone and toggle whether to use NTP or manually set the time. Usage ------ -The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC. +The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings for synchronize it via the network. If you want to toggle synchronizing the time of network check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization(NTP)` check. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC. To change the timezone of your computer left click the :guilabel:`Timezone` tab and select your time zone from the long list. You also can search for your timezone in the search bar that says :guilabel:`Filter` when you type it in and is empty. -If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To change what month it is click the arrows on the top bar over the calendar or change month from the month in the top of the calendar. To change the year left click the year and click on the year and type in the year. +If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchronization (NTP)` checkbox. This can also be quite useful if you want to fix the time and Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the correct time in the :guilabel:`Time` field or using the up and down arrows. To change the date in your calendar left click on the day in the calendar. To change what month it is click the left or right arrows on the top bar over the calendar or change month from the month in the top of the calendar. To change the year left click the year and click on the year and type in the year. To cancel your changes in Date and Time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button. To close Date and Time press the :kbd:`Escape` key. Screenshots ----------- .. image:: date_and_time.png .. image:: datetimetime.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.0 of Date and Time. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 of Date and Time. How to Launch ------------- To launch Date and Time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt Configuration Center under the system settings header at the bottom press the Date and Time button or from the command line run .. code:: lxqt-admin-time The icon for Date and Time looks like a watch face. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop-advanced.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop-advanced.png index 98f225a4..e854b111 100644 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop-advanced.png and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop-advanced.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst index fd941213..4bed7917 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst @@ -1,46 +1,46 @@ Chapter 3.2.5 Desktop ===================== Desktop is an application to change the desktop background, the appearance of icons, and even desktop slideshows. Usage ------ The :guilabel:`Background` tab has settings for desktop background. To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file you can type in :guilabel:`Wallpaper image file` or use the :guilabel:`Browse` button to bring up a dialog to choose which the desktop. .. image:: desktop-open-file.png -The drop down menu :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you select for a wallpaper is made to fit on the screen. If you want an image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background color only. To change the background color if you select that press the button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. To have the image oriented based on metadata check the :guilabel:`Transform image based on EXIF data` checkbox. To use a different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual wallpaper for each monitor`. If your wallpaper looks stretched and you don't want it to you can select :menuselection:`Center on the screen`. This is also useful if your multimonitor setup has the wallpaper split across monitors awkwardly and you want the same wallpaper twice. +To change the background color if you select that press the button to the right of :guilabel:`Select background color`. The drop down menu :guilabel:`Wallpaper mode` lets you change how the image you select for a wallpaper is made to fit on the screen. If you want an image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select fill with background color only. To have the image oriented based on metadata check the :guilabel:`Transform image based on EXIF data` checkbox. To use a different wallpaper on each monitor check the :guilabel:`Individual wallpaper for each monitor`. If your wallpaper looks stretched and you don't want it to you can select :menuselection:`Center on the screen`. This is also useful if your multimonitor setup has the wallpaper split across monitors awkwardly and you want the same wallpaper twice. .. image:: desktop.png -The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu :guilabel:`Icon size` lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for :guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To make the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox. +The :guilabel:`General` tab has settings for text on desktop icons and text colors and icon sizes. The drop down menu :guilabel:`Icon size` lets you choose a different size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your screen. The box :guilabel:`Select text color` brings up a widget to pick the color on desktop icons and files. The field :guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around the icon. To change the margins change the fields for :guilabel:`Minimum item margins` field for different coordinates. To change the margins of desktop icons to the edge of the screen in the :guilabel:`Margins of work area` field. To make the margins always the same number of pixels check the :guilabel:`Lock` checkbox. To open folders on the desktop in PCManFM-Qt check the :guilabel:`Open desktop folders in default file manager by left clicking` checkbox. To make an item stay in the same place check the :guilabel:`Make all items stick to their positions` checkbox. .. image:: desktop-general.png The box labeled :guilabel:`Select font` lets you choose which font and size information from a dialog box. On the left is the :guilabel:`Font` for which font to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you choose the :guilabel:`Font style` of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a choice for the :guilabel:`Size` of your font which you can select from the menu. To have your text of your font underlined check the :guilabel:`Underline` checkbox. To change what languages your fonts can support choose your language in the :guilabel:`Writing System` drop down menu. To preview how the text will appear look in the :guilabel:`Sample` box. .. image:: desktop-font.png The :guilabel:`Slide Show` tab shows settings for slide show of changing your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox :guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder press the :guilabel:`Browse` button. To change how long it takes for the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in :guilabel:`Interval` fields for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To randomize the order of the slide show check the :guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox. .. image:: slideshow-desktop.png -The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for default desktop icons or included. To show or hide any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, or :guilabel:`Network`. +The :guilabel:`Advanced` tab has settings for default desktop icons or included. To show or hide any of the default desktop icons check/uncheck the checkboxes for: :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Trash`, :guilabel:`Computer`, :guilabel:`Network`, or :guilabel:`Lubuntu Manual`. .. image:: desktop-advanced.png To quit Desktop press the :kbd:`Escape` key. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with 0.17.0 of Desktop. +Lubuntu ships with 1.1.0 of Desktop. How to Launch ------------- To launch Desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Desktop`, from LXQt Configuration Center press the desktop button to launch it, or run .. code:: pcmanfm-qt --desktop-pref=general from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on the desktop and select :menuselection:`Desktop Preferences`. The desktop icon for Desktop Preferences is a gray rectangle with a small hole missing. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst index c0878607..56a4b12b 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst @@ -1,32 +1,36 @@ Chapter 3.2.6 Desktop Notifications =================================== Desktop Notifications is the program that changes desktop notification settings such as when someone mentions your name on internet relay chat or the first time you run to configure your power management settings. Usage ------ -The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears under :guilabel:`Position on screen` on the portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your window. To quit the desktop notifications press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. -The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab lets you change the duration of desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration` field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the notifications from each other. +The :guilabel:`General Settings` tab lets you change the duration of desktop notifications and their spacing. The :guilabel:`Default duration` field sets how long to show a notification with a default of 10 seconds. The :guilabel:`Width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. The :guilabel:`Spacing` field changes how far to place the notifications from each other. If you want to deal with notification when you are away from your computer use the settings under :guilabel:`Unattended Notifications`. To change the max number of notifications change the :guilabel:`How many to save` field. To ignore particular applications type the application name in the :guilabel:`Ignore these applications` field. +To not be disturbed by notifications check the :guilabel:`Only save notifications` checkbox. To show notifications on the monitor with the mouse check the :guilabel:`Show notifications on screen with the mouse` checkbox. + +The :guilabel:`Position` tab lets you change where Desktop notifications appear on your screen. Click the button that appears under :guilabel:`Position on screen` on the portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your window. To test where a notification will pop up press the :guilabel:`Preview` button. + Screenshots ----------- -.. image:: notifications.png -.. image:: notifications-advanced.png +.. image:: notifications-general.png + +.. image:: notifications-poistion.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.0 of Desktop Notifications. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 of Desktop Notifications. How to Launch ------------- To launch Desktop Notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. The icon for Desktop Notifications looks like a ! in a chat bubble. You can also launch Desktop Notifications from left clicking on the docked notifications tray icon and :menuselection:`Options`. To launch the Desktop Notifications from the command line run .. code:: lxqt-config-configurationd diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/notifications-advanced.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/notifications-advanced.png deleted file mode 100644 index 163e3762..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/notifications-advanced.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/notifications-general.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/notifications-general.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d19d37e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/notifications-general.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/notifications-poistion.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/notifications-poistion.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9396722b Binary files /dev/null and b/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/notifications-poistion.png differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/notifications.png b/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/notifications.png deleted file mode 100644 index 95a47e8c..00000000 Binary files a/source/3/3.2/3.2.6/notifications.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst index 7acded0d..52e558af 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst @@ -1,33 +1,33 @@ Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations =============================== File Associations changes the default application to open a file. Usage ------ -To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file. +To change which filetype to use for applications use the :guilabel:`Associations` tab. To search for which file extension you want to change to open in another program you can search in the top box with a magnifying glass for that file format. On the left is really long collapsible list of all mimetypes that you can change look through but searching will be much faster. To expand a particular group of mimetypes from the group on the left press the :guilabel:`+` button. To collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current default is shown on the lower right with a :guilabel:`Change` button that brings up a menu for you to change it to something else. If you do not have a default application set you can press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to set a default button. To change a default press the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new default program for this kind of file. .. image:: application_chooser.png To choose several common programs to end up using as default application use the :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab. For each application to change to a different default application press the :guilabel:`Change` button. To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button if you don't want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the :guilabel:`Close` button or press the :kbd:`Escape` key. Screenshot ---------- .. image:: file_associations.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of File Associations +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 of File Associations How to Launch ------------- From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> File Associations` or from the command line run .. code:: lxqt-config-file-associations The icon for File Associations is a gear with a white circle on top. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst index 74d836e6..1e47e981 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst @@ -1,44 +1,44 @@ Chapter 3.2.8 Keyboard and Mouse ================================ Keyboard and Mouse is the program to change the behavior of your keyboard, mouse, and touchpad. Usage ------ -The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves, scrolls, and double clicks. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you want it. +The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves, scrolls, and double clicks. To change how much time you have to have a click a double click change the :guilabel:`Double click interval`. The :guilabel:`Wheel scroll lines` field changes how many lines of text you scroll when you use the scrollwheel. If you wish to only have to tap once to perform a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check the :guilabel:`Left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the buttons on a touchpad. The settings should apply immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you want it. .. image:: keyboardandmouse.png If you do not like the new settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to go back to your previous settings. If you want to close Keyboard and Mouse press the :kbd:`Escape` key or press the :guilabel:`Close` button. To have your changes take place press the :guilabel:`Apply` button. -The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect. +The :guilabel:`Cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect. To change the size of the cursor change the :guilabel:`Size` field. .. image:: input-cursor.png The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings. If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard keypress move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`Repeat delay` to take longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes to repeat. The :guilabel:`Repeat interval` is how quickly after the repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it take a short time to repeat itself. To test your keyboard settings type in the :guilabel:`Type in the following box to test your keyboard settings` text box. To change how fast the keyboard flashes change the :guilabel:`Cursor flash time` field. The :guilabel:`Turn on numlock after login` checkbox will make numlock automatically be on after you login. .. image:: keyboard-settings-tab.png -The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down. +The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current keyboard layout and any variant applied to it. To add a keyboard layout press the :guilabel:`Add` button. To remove the keyboard layout left click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down. To set the key to change between different keyboard layouts change the :guilabel:`Keys to change layout` menu. .. image:: keyboardlayout.png -The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the :guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To reverse the scrolling direction check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap the touchpad once to register a left click check the :guilabel:`Single click to activate items` checkbox. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the :guilabel:`Tap to drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of :guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button. +The :guilabel:`Mouse and Touchpad` tab has settings for touchpads. To select which touchpad to change settings use the :guilabel:`Device` drop down menu. To change how fast your touchpad accelerates use the :guilabel:`Acceleration speed` field. To tap the touchpad once to register a left click check the :guilabel:`Tap to Click` checkbox. To reverse the scrolling direction check the :guilabel:`Natural Scrolling` checkbox this kind of scrolling is common on devices with touchscreens. To tap on the touchpad to drag items instead of having to click on the button and use the touchpad at the same time check the :guilabel:`Tap and drag` checkbox. To disable scrolling by the touchpad press the :guilabel:`Disabled` button to the right of :guilabel:`Scrolling`. To use two fingers to scroll on the touchpad press the :guilabel:`Two-Finger` button. To use the edge of the touchpad to scroll press the :guilabel:`Edge` button. .. image:: lxqt-input-touchpad.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of Keyboard and Mouse. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 of Keyboard and Mouse. How to Launch ------------- To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Keyboard and Mouse`. In LXQt Configuration Center press the Keyboard and Mouse button or from the command line run .. code:: lxqt-config-input The icon for Keyboard and Mouse is a black keyboard. diff --git a/source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst b/source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst index 3497a478..a2e27c0b 100644 --- a/source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst +++ b/source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst @@ -1,28 +1,30 @@ Chapter 3.2.9 Locale ==================== Locale changes your locale which changes your language and how things are translated on your desktop environment. Screenshot ---------- .. image:: locale.png Usage ------ To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the :guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurement units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To close Locale press the :kbd:`Escape` key or push the :guilabel:`Close` button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Detailed Settings` allows for even more customization. To change how the thousands separator and decimal point appear in number change the :guilabel:`Numbers` drop down menu. To change the order of the time and date choose the :guilabel:`Time` drop down menu. To change how currency appears on your system change the :guilabel:`Currency` drop down menu for currency. To change which measurement units change the :guilabel:`Measurement Units` drop down. + +To see how the current locale will appear read it under the :guilabel:`Examples` heading. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.0 of Locale. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 of Locale. How to Launch ------------- To launch Locale from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> Locale` or run .. code:: lxqt-config-locale from the command line. The Locale icon looks like a blue flag with an A on it. diff --git a/source/4/4.1/discover.rst b/source/4/4.1/discover.rst index d91c5a26..57896bd1 100644 --- a/source/4/4.1/discover.rst +++ b/source/4/4.1/discover.rst @@ -1,50 +1,50 @@ Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center ========================================== Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. However, Discover only shows GUI applications so if you are looking for command line packages please use Muon Package Manager instead. Usage ------ -Discover allows you to search for applications by using the :guilabel:`Search` box or by pressing :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the home button in the top left hand corner. Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. To install a program press the cloud with downward pointing arrow button that says :guilabel:`Install` when viewing a single package. When installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the different categories. If a category has a :menuselection:`-->` next to it you can click on it and then will have subcategories. To go back up a little press the :guilabel:`Back` button in the upper left. In the results after selecting your program you are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot click on the screenshot. To change which screenshot you are looking at press the left and right arrow buttons near the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the start with press the button that looks like a house. +Discover allows you to search for applications by using the :guilabel:`Search` box or by pressing :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the :guilabel:`Home` button in the top of the bottom left hand corner. Left clicking on a program will give you a description of it. To install a program press the cloud with downward pointing arrow button that says :guilabel:`Install` when viewing a single package. When installing or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the different categories. If a category has a :menuselection:`-->` next to it you can click on it and then will have subcategories. To go back up a little press the :guilabel:`Back` button in the upper left. In the results after selecting your program you are looking at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot click on the screenshot. To change which screenshot you are looking at press the left and right arrow buttons near the screenshot. To exit from the screenshot press :kbd:`Escape` or click not on the screenshot. To navigate back to the start with press the button that looks like a house. -Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. Press the rightward pointed arrow to move forward in your history. +Press the leftward pointed arrow button to moves back in your history. To view more information on a program you want to install left click on a program to see more details on it. Towards the right will show a description of the program. To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All Reviews`. To install the program press the :guilabel:`Install` button. To view more screenshots press the left and right arrows next to the screenshots. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside the areas of reviews. To view ratings of thee program is shown in stars with how many ratings of the number of reviews next to :guilabel:`ratings`. Below the reviews there is information on the package such as the :guilabel:`Version` and :guilabel:`License`. .. image:: discover-details.png To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab or press :kbd:`Alt +I`. You can browse your installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To view more details on the program left click on it. If you want to launch an installed program press the :guilabel:`Launch` button in the upper right corner. .. image:: discover-installed.png In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` category to sort your search results by :menuselection:`Name`, :menuselection:`Rating`, :menuselection:`Size`, or :menuselection:`Release Date`. To get to your settings on what software to use install use the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. To remove a source such as a PPA click the hidden red :guilabel:`X` button on the right hand side of to remove it. To toggle enabling or disabling a software source check or uncheck the checkbox next to that software source. .. image:: discover-settings.png Updating -------- Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for Updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that need to be installed instead it will say in orange :guilabel:`Update(x)` where x is the number of the packages needing updating or press :kbd:`Alt+U`. When you select updates to install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of packages to update and the size of the download in parenthesis. To see the what version will be upgraded on your system will show the old version :menuselection:`-->` new version with how much the download size of the update to the right. To see what is changing in a package with the changelog left click on the package and then mouseover to see what has changed in the update. To view info about a package being updated left click on it and then left click :guilabel:` More information`. To finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all updates and then a dialog will pop up you will need to enter your password and press the :guilabel:`OK` button to make sure you are the one installing these updates. If you need to restart after updating on your updates you will see the text :guilabel:`The system requires a restart to apply updates` and press the :guilabel:`Restart` button to restart your machine. .. image:: update-authentication.png Screenshot ---------- .. image:: discover_screen.png Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 5.24.1 of Discover. +Lubuntu ships with version 5.25.5 of Discover. How to Launch ------------- To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> Discover` or run .. code:: plasma-discover from the command line. The icon for Discover looks like a blue circle with a white downward pointing arrow. diff --git a/source/4/4.1/discover_screen.png b/source/4/4.1/discover_screen.png index 536c3341..f54af428 100644 Binary files a/source/4/4.1/discover_screen.png and b/source/4/4.1/discover_screen.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel-config.png b/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel-config.png index 8a94dded..5b6dac68 100644 Binary files a/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel-config.png and b/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel-config.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst b/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst index c58cd592..4f1a6542 100644 --- a/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst +++ b/source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst @@ -1,150 +1,156 @@ Chapter 5.1 LXQt Panel ====================== -LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or remove applets. +LXQt Panel is the bar situated at the bottom of your screen by default. The panel contains an application menu, a desktop switcher, a quicklaunch bar, a taskbar, a system tray containing applets, and a clock. The panel is highly configurable with a number of settings and plugins which is detailed in the Customizing section and also contains how to add or remove applets. To see information on widgets not installed by default see the Non-Default Widgets section. Usage ------ -The application menu allows you to browse and search through available programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories to launch each application. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, :menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, :menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to lock your screen use :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you want to lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop name. +The application menu allows you to browse and search through available programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is set to :kbd:`Super(Windows)` by default. The menu has many subcategories to launch each application. To move an application from the menu to the desktop right click on it and select :menuselection:`Add to desktop`. The :menuselection:`Leave` menu has options to :menuselection:`Hibernate`, :menuselection:`Leave`, :menuselection:`Logout`, :menuselection:`Reboot`, :menuselection:`Shutdown`, or :menuselection:`Suspend`. If you want to lock your screen use :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you want to lock your screen select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you mouseover a program you can see a description of that program in the menu. To go back one level or close the root level of the menu press the :kbd:`Escape` key. The desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep your workspace organized by left clicking on the desktop number or using the mousewheel to change desktops. To see your desktop names simply mouseover the desktop number to see the desktop name. .. image:: menu_search.png -The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select :menuselection:`Move left` or press :kbd:`Control` and drag the icon to the left. To move an item to the left right click the icon and select :menuselection:`Move right` or press :kbd:`Control` and drag the icon to the right. Another way to reorder items on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button again. +The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently launch your file manager (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox) by left clicking on the program. If you right click on the icons in quick launch on something like Firefox will have items for each program. To add a program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down onto the panel. To move an item on your quick launch to the left right click the icon and select :menuselection:`Move left` or press :kbd:`Control` and drag the icon to the left. To move an item to the left right click the icon and select :menuselection:`Move right` or press :kbd:`Control` and drag the icon to the right. Another way to reorder items on quicklaunch is to hold :kbd:`Control` and drag and drop to the desired position. To remove an item from quick launch right click on the icon and select :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To show your desktop press the blue show desktop button between quick launch and the taskbar. To see all your windows again press the blue show desktop button again. The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of these windows to focus simply left click the button with icon and name on the task bar. If you have multiple of the same window left clicking will open the group, allowing you to select between the different windows by left clicking. If you want to close a group of multiple windows you can right click the group and click :menuselection:`Close group`. To see a list of all the windows in a group mouseover the group of windows on the taskbar. If you want to close one window out of a particular group left click to bring up the single window and then right click on the window and select :menuselection:`Close`. .. image:: multiple_tasks.png -On a single window on the taskbar to move it to a different desktop right click :menuselection:`To Desktop` to move the window to the desired desktop. To move a window to your current virtual desktop right click on the window on your taskbar and select :menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. If you have multiple monitors you can right click and select :menuselection:`Move to next monitor` to move a window to the next monitor. To move a window back to a previous monitor right click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Move to previous monitor`. Right clicking and selecting :guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you can minimize by right clicking on the window on the taskbar and selecting :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only your titlebar. +On a single window on the taskbar to move it to a different desktop right click :menuselection:`To Desktop` to move the window to the desired desktop. To move a window to your current virtual desktop right click on the window on your taskbar and select :menuselection:`To Current Desktop`. If you have multiple monitors you can right click and select :menuselection:`Move to next monitor` to move a window to the next monitor. To move a window back to a previous monitor right click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Move to previous monitor`. Right clicking and selecting :guilabel:`Move` lets you drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right clicked on. Right click and select :menuselection:`Maximize` on a window to maximize it. Right clicking on window :menuselection:`Restore` will return a window back to its original size. To minimize a different window from the task bar you can minimize by right clicking on the window on the taskbar and selecting :menuselection:`Minimize`. Right clicking :menuselection:`Roll up` on a window will make the window only your titlebar. -Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` will allow you to have move a window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar into a particular order left click and drag them to the desired position. +Right clicking :menuselection:`Layer` on the taskbar will allow you to have move a window :menuselection:`Always on top`, :menuselection:`Normal`, or :menuselection:`Always on bottom`. Finally to close a window with right click on the taskbar and select :menuselection:`Close` will close the window. If you middle click on an item in the taskbar you will close the window. If you try to close a program that is not responding you will be asked if you want to end the task. To move items around on the taskbar into a particular order left click and drag them to the desired position. .. image:: menu-right-click.png The removable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing arrow. To open your removable media click on the removable media applet left click on the removable media to open the external media in your file manager. .. image:: system_tray.png In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. To see more on how to use nm-tray which manages network in the tray see chapter 3.1.5. Also included is Qlipper which to see how to use view how to view chapter 2.4.5. Other Programs you install can also place a tray icon here as well. With the volume applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse over the speaker icon or left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up and down or press :kbd:`Up arrow` or :kbd:`Down arrow`. To mute the volume with the button at the bottom of the volume meter or middle click on the volume applet. To see what the current volume is you can hover the mouse over the volume applet. To close the volume applet press the :kbd:`Escape` key. .. image:: volume-widget.png Next over to the right is the status notifier applet with a blue exclamation point over a white rectangle. To view notifications you may have missed while away from the keyboard left click on this applet. To bring up a particular notification left click on that notification from the list and it will pop up like notifications on your screen. To clear all notifications click the button that says :guilabel:`Clear All` for notifications. To the far right is a clock, you can left click the clock to bring up a pop up calendar window. To go to the next month on the calendar press the rightward pointing arrow. To go the previous month on the calendar press the leftward pointing arrow. Another way to change months on the calendar is to use the mousewheel. To change the month on a calendar to list all months in the year left click on the month and then select the month you want from your menu. To change the year on your calendar left click on the year in the calendar and then use :kbd:`up arrow` or :kbd:`down arrow` or the mouse wheel to select the year. Too see what week of the year it is read the number on the far left of the calendar. .. image:: calendar-widget.png If you are on a laptop the panel will also show the battery meter to show how much power you have remaining. To view your current charge level mouseover the battery meter and it will show if your battery is charging by mousing over. To view information about your battery left click the battery icon. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full Design` shows how much power your battery held when it was brand new. The field :guilabel:`Energy Full` shows the current full charge of your battery in your current health.The :guilabel:`Energy Now` shows how much power is in your battery. The :guilabel:`Technology` field shows what kind of battery you have. .. image:: panel-battery.png As mentioned below, the panel is highly configurable and you can customize it by right clicking at various places. If you do not want to mess up your panel right click on the panel and select :menuselection:`Lock This Panel` checkbox and do the same again to unlock your panel. Customizing ----------- To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and select :menuselection:`Configure Panel`. To close each of these windows you open by right clicking press the :kbd:`Escape` key. -The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the panel. The :guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either :menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the :guilabel:`Rows` field. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of :guilabel:`Position` that can move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. +The :guilabel:`Placement` tab has settings for where the panel is. The :guilabel:`Size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either :menuselection:`px` or :menuselection:`%` is to change the length of the panel in pixels while percent is a percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the panel to cover. The :guilabel:`Icon size` makes the size of the icons bigger or smaller on the panel. If you want multiple rows in your system tray and taskbar make the :guilabel:`Rows` field. To move the panel there is a drop down menu of :guilabel:`Position` that can move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`Alignment` drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen. Keep in mind changing the alignment will not change anything if your panel takes the entire screen. To change the position of your panel use the :guilabel:`Position` field to move the panel on your screen around. If you have multiple monitors the :guilabel:`Position` field will have different options for moving the panel onto different monitors. + +.. image:: lxqt-panel-config.png If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` checkbox in panel settings. To change how long the animation takes to show or hide the panel change the :guilabel:`Animation duration` field. To show how long your panel will appear when it comes back after hiding in milliseconds change the :guilabel:`Show with delay` field. To show a little of the panel visible when the panel is autohidden check the :guilabel:`Visible thin margin for hidden panel` checkbox. To only hide the panel when the panel overlaps a window check the :guilabel:`Hide only on overlapping a window` checkbox. To have the space for the panel not be used for anything else check the :guilabel:`Reserve space on display` checkbox. -To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. If you use a compositor and want to change the background opacity for the panel you can change how transparent the background is with the :guilabel:`Background opacity` slider. To add an image to your panel background press the checkbox :guilabel:`Background image` and press the the dialog button on the right to choose your file. +To change the appearance of the panel use the :guilabel:`Styling` tab. To change to a custom font color press the :guilabel:`Font color` checkbox. Press the dropper button to bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Background color` sets a background color custom for the background of LXQt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to select which color. If you use a compositor and want to change the background opacity for the panel you can change how transparent the background is with the :guilabel:`Background opacity` slider. To add an image to your panel background press the checkbox :guilabel:`Background image` and press the the dialog button on the right to choose your file. -.. image:: lxqt-panel-config.png +.. image:: panel-config-styling.png The checkbox for :guilabel:`Override icon theme` lets you choose a non system default icon theme for LXQt-panel. The dropdown :guilabel:`Icon theme for panels` lets you see what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your changes to the system you can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button to reset changing to before trying to customize the panel. -The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default. To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The :guilabel:`dark circle with three blue dots` button has the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not. +The :guilabel:`Widgets` tab lets you change the widgets or individual items on the panel and their configuration. You can also get to this directly by right clicking on the panel and select :menuselection:`Manage Widgets`. To move an applet down on the order of presentation press the down arrow button while the up arrow button moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen and press the :guilabel:`+` button and select the widget you want to add some of which are not on the panel by default. To remove an applet you do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The :guilabel:`dark circle with three blue dots` button has the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for example the Application menu and Task manager are customizable but Quick launch and Show desktop do not. .. image:: widget-add.png Shipped applets not enabled by default: - Backlight - - CPU Monitor + - CPU monitor - Color Picker + - Custom Command - Panel DOM Tree - Sensors - - System Statistics - Spacer + - System Statistics + .. image:: panel-config-widgets.png -To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The :guilabel:`Icon` checkbox lets you choose a custom icon to use in your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then press the keyboard shortcut you want. +To configure options for your Application Menu right click on the menu configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with the widget selected for application menu click on the circle with three dots button. The :guilabel:`Icon` checkbox lets you choose a custom icon to use in your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Button text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to your menu. To change your own font size check the :guilabel:`Custom font size` checkbox and change your font size on the field to the right. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default :kbd:`Left Super (Windows)` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a countdown will begin a countdown and press the button. To choose another file to use as a menu press use the :guilabel:`Menu file` field to choose a different menu. To set a custom keyboard shortcut to open the menu left click on :guilabel:`Click the button to record shortcut` button then press the keyboard shortcut you want. To turn off searching in the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Filter menu entries` checkbox. To turn off showing matching items directly in top layer of the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Show matching entries` checkbox. Leave both of these checked to allow searching. To set the most number of search results in the menu change the :guilabel:`Maximum visible items` field. To change how wide each search result can be change the :guilabel:`Max. item width` field. To not hide what section of the menu everyone has :guilabel:`Hide menu entries while searching` checkbox. To not clear your search upon reopening the menu uncheck the :guilabel:`Clear search upon showing menu` checkbox. .. image:: menu-pref.png -To customize the desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher :menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`three dots` button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the :guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show the current desktop check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop Names`. +To customize the Desktop switcher right click on the desktop switcher :menuselection:`Configure Desktop Switcher` or press the :guilabel:`three dots` button. To change the number of rows on your desktop change the :guilabel:`Number of rows` field. To change how desktops are labeled change the :guilabel:`Desktop Labels` field. To only show the current desktop check the :guilabel:`Show only active desktop` checkbox. To change the name of each desktop enter a name under :guilabel:`Desktop Names`. .. image:: desktop-switch.png -To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and select :menuselection:`Move right` on the menu. To move an item in quick launch to the left right click on the icon and select :menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. To add an item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu. +To move an item in quick launch to the right right click on the icon and select :menuselection:`Move right`. To move an item in quick launch to the left right click on the icon and select :menuselection:`Move left`. To remove an item from quicklaunch right click on the icon :menuselection:`Remove from quicklaunch`. Another way to move an item on quicklaunch hold :kbd:`Control` and drag thee quick launch to where you want. To add an item to quick launch click and drag it down from the main menu. -To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel configuration dialog select Task manager (taskbar) and click the :guilabel:`three dots` button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off. If you want all windows of the same program next to each other check the :guilabel:`Put buttons of the same class next to each other` checkbox. +To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel configuration dialog select Task Manager (taskbar) and click the :guilabel:`three dots` button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show only windows from desktop` will only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. To hide windows on a different screen check the :guilabel:`Show only windows from panel's screen` checkbox. To have the taskbar only show minimized windows check the :guilabel:`Show only minimized windows`. To raise minimized windows on your current desktop check the :guilabel:`Raise minimized windows on current desktop` checkbox. To close windows on a middle click check the checkbox :guilabel:`Close on middle-click`. To cycle windows by scrolling with the mousewheel check the :guilabel:`Cycle windows on wheel scrolling` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse over the window group to show them off. If you want all windows of the same program next to each other check the :guilabel:`Put buttons of the same class next to each other` checkbox. .. image:: taskmanager-config.png -To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. :menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the :guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. +To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the appearance section the :guilabel:`Button style` menu will change whether to show only the icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text label of the program :menuselection:`Icon and text`. :menuselection:`Icons only` will work best with a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only the text on your taskbar and no icons select :menuselection:`Only text`. To change the maximum width of a button change the :guilabel:`Maximum button width` which is measured in pixels to how wide on maximum a button could be. To change how high a button will be when a panel is vertical change the :guilabel:`Maximum button height` field. To reset your changes to this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. -The settings for removable media is able to be opened up is right click the applet :menuselection:`Configure "Removable media"` from :guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and :menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or :menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To change what to do when the eject button is pressed on optical drives change the :guilabel:`When eject button is pressed` menu. +The settings for Removable Media is able to be opened up is right click the applet :menuselection:`Configure "Removable media"` from :guilabel:`When a device is connected` you can select and :menuselection:`Show info`, :menuselection:`Popup menu`, or :menuselection:`Do nothing`. If you want to reset the setting for this press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To change what to do when the eject button is pressed on optical drives change the :guilabel:`When eject button is pressed` menu. .. image:: removalble-media-settings.png To configure the volume applet right click on the volume applet and select :menuselection:`Configure "Volume Control"`. To change which audio output to have the applet control change the dropdown at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Device to control` box. To switch to changing sound settings for only ALSA press the :guilabel:`ALSA` button. To switch back to changing pulse audio settings press the :guilabel:`PulseAudio` button. To toggle muting on middle clicking check the :guilabel:`Mute on middle click` checkbox. To toggle having to click to bring up the volume applet check the :guilabel:`Show on mouse click` checkbox. To allow your volume in software to be over 100 percent check the :guilabel:`Allow volume beyond 100%` checkbox however this will cause distortion. To always show notification on volume changes check the :guilabel:`Always notify about volume changes` checkbox. To notify about volume changes via keyboard check the :guilabel:`Notify about volume changes with keyboard` checkbox. To change how what percentage your volume meter changes use the :guilabel:`Volume adjust step` field. To change what you use as your mixer type the command in the :guilabel:`External Mixer` field. .. image:: volume-app-pref.png -To change settings of your status notifier press the :guilabel:`...` button in the list of applets or on the status notifier applet left click on :menuselection:`Options`. To change how long to have something visible you will autohide will have change the :guilabel:`Attention period`. To hide or authide notifications from a particular application is to change the app settings under the:guilabel:`Visibility` column. +To change settings of your Status Notifier press the :guilabel:`...` button in the list of applets or on the status notifier applet left click on :menuselection:`Options`. To change how long to have something visible you will autohide will have change the :guilabel:`Attention period`. To hide or authide notifications from a particular application is to change the app settings under the:guilabel:`Visibility` column. .. image:: status-notifier-pref.png To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then :menuselection:`Configure World clock`. To change settings on how your clock shows stuff use the :guilabel:`Display format` tab. The :guilabel:`Format` drop down menu allows you to change how the clock shows. To select a short format allows you to have a preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizable clock message select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`Time zone` checkbox will show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`Position` drop down says where to put the time zone on the clock. The :guilabel:`Format` field changes how the time zone is displayed on your clock. To change how the date appears change the :guilabel:`Format` field. .. image:: clock-custom.png To show the date on the clock check the :guilabel:`Date` checkbox. To change where the date appears change the :guilabel:`Position` drop down menu.To further customize your panel select :menuselection:`Custom` from the :guilabel:`Format` drop down. To show the year press the :guilabel:`Show year` checkbox. To show what day of the week it is check the :guilabel:`Show day of week` checkbox. To make the day two digits check the :guilabel:`Pad day with zero` checkbox. To not abbreviate the months and days of week check the :guilabel:`Long month and day of week names` checkbox. To reset your changes to the clock press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. To add two or more panels right click on the panel and :menuselection:`Add New Panel` and a new panel will be created with the dialog to customize your second panel. To remove a panel right click on the panel and select :menuselection:`Remove Panel` and you will be asked if you really want to do this as it can't be undone. To then make your new panel useful you will need to add widgets which you will need to see the above section. Non-Default widgets ------------------- To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU usage. To bring up settings for your CPU usage is right click on the CPU bar :menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` checkbox shows a number for CPU usage. The field for :guilabel:`Update interval` is how often to update your CPU usage. The :guilabel:`Bar orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar width` is how many pixels wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. .. image:: CPU-load-settings.png The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color dropper button and your mouse will turn into crosshair and then left click on what you want to take the color. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will appear with the color in a numeric field to the right. .. image:: spacer-color-picker.png To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your temperature is in a number in the :guilabel:`Cur` field. Also shown on mouseover is the :guilabel:`Crit` field shows the temperature the sensor should not read above without overheating. To customize the sensors right click on the sensors applet :menuselection:`Configure "Sensors"`. The :guilabel:`Update interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how wide to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature scale` field lets you select :guilabel:`Celsius` or :guilabel:`Fahrenheit` for your sensors. The checkbox :guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your temperature gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. .. image:: sensors-config.png +To have a custom command add the :guilabel:`Custom Command` widget. To have this have meaningful output you need to configure the widget by right clicking on the Custom Command widget and selection :guilabel:`Configure "Custom Command"`. To have the output not rotate when the panel is vertical uncheck the :guilabel:`Autorotate when the panel is vertical` checkbox. To change what output your custom command has left click the button next to :guilabel:`Font`. To type the command you want to run type in the box above and to the right of :guilabel:`Command`. To run the command with bash running the command check the :guilabel:`Run with "bash -c"` checkbox. To change if or how often the command is run on repeat check the :guilabel:`Repeat command after` checkbox and change how often it runs in the field to the right. To change the maximum width the output of the text can be type in the :guilabel:`Max Width` field. To run a command with clicking on the applet enter the command in the :guilabel:`Click` in mouse commands. To run a specific command upon going up on the mouse wheel enter the command in the :guilabel:`Wheel Up` field. To run a specific command with scrolling down on the mousewheel enter the command in the :guilabel:`Wheel Down` field. + The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab provides settings for each individual sensor on your processor. To enable/disable each sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on the button. To switch to a different chip to set the sensors for change the :guilabel:`Detected chips` menu. .. image:: sensors-applet.png To add a spacer to your panel add the spacer widget. It creates a blank space on your panel which can separate different items. To change how wide your spacer is change the :guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects :menuselection:`lined`, :menuselection:`dotted`, or :menuselection:`invisible` for changing the spacers appearance. .. image:: panel-spacer.png To add an easy way to change brightness to your panel add the :guilabel:`Backlight` widget. To bring the applet to change backlight level left click on the icon. To make the backlight more faint drag the slider to the bottom and to make it brighter drag the slider towards the top. Version ------- -Lubuntu ships with version 0.17.1 of LXQt-panel. +Lubuntu ships with version 1.1.0 of LXQt-panel. How to Launch ------------- LXQt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start it, run .. code:: lxqt-panel from the command line. diff --git a/source/5/5.1/panel-config-styling.png b/source/5/5.1/panel-config-styling.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba4ad404 Binary files /dev/null and b/source/5/5.1/panel-config-styling.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.1/panel-config-widgets.png b/source/5/5.1/panel-config-widgets.png index b6455b2e..28659936 100644 Binary files a/source/5/5.1/panel-config-widgets.png and b/source/5/5.1/panel-config-widgets.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.1/widget-add.png b/source/5/5.1/widget-add.png index 17e0e625..5016be73 100644 Binary files a/source/5/5.1/widget-add.png and b/source/5/5.1/widget-add.png differ diff --git a/source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst b/source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst index 7926bc42..3a0db29e 100644 --- a/source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst +++ b/source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst @@ -1,34 +1,34 @@ Chapter 5.3 Runner ======================= Runner allows you to search for and launch applications and commands in the LXQt environment. It is a quick and convenient way of finding what you're looking for and launching it quickly. Usage ------ To search for a program, press :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` and start typing a command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way and Runner can be configured to store a history of recent programs. If you want to clear history open the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application like inputting :kbd:`grab` will show results for ScreenGrab. To paste a command to run into the runner press :kbd:`Control +V` or right click on the runner and select :menuselection:`Paste`. To change to the last result of what you are searching for press :kbd:`End`. To move to the first result press :kbd:`Home`. Runner can also work as a calculator if you put for example :kbd:`2+2=` and you will get the answer. To add numbers together with the calculator enter the :kbd:`+` in the bar. To subtract numbers together with the calculator enter the :kbd:`-` in the bar. To multiply numbers enter :kbd:`*` into the bar. To divide numbers in runner enter :kbd:`/` into the bar. To exponentiate enter :kbd:`^` into the bar. To actually get the result you will need to put a :kbd:`=` at the end. After typing :kbd:`=` the result will be copied to your clipboard. You can also leave your session with lxqt-runner. To shut your computer all the way down press the button that looks like a downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Shutdown`. To suspend your system press the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Suspend`. To reboot your system press the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Reboot`. To logout of your system press the downward pointed arrow and select :menuselection:`Logout`. To lock your screen from the runner press the downward pointing arrow and select :menuselection:`Lock Screen`. If you decide against running something press the :kbd:`Escape` key or click on the :guilabel:`x` button. Screenshot --------------- .. image:: runner.png Configuration ------------- -Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu. To change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. +Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the downward arrow on the right side of the search bar to open up the menu and select the gear icon to :menuselection:`Configure`. To change where the runner appears to the center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu. To choose which monitor to put the runner on change the :guilabel:`Show On` drop down menu. To select to show the monitor on the currently focused monitor select :menuselection:`Focused screen` from the :guilabel:`Show on` menu. To change how many results are shown when you show a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show list with x item(s)` field. In this screen there is a checkbox for :guilabel:`Store/show history`. If you want to show history first check the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change the shortcut press the :guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. .. image:: runner-config.png How to launch ------------- Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Super(windows)+R` should bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start it for some reason run .. code:: lxqt-runner from the command line. diff --git a/source/E/live_session.png b/source/E/live_session.png index d0218316..94f50fc3 100644 Binary files a/source/E/live_session.png and b/source/E/live_session.png differ diff --git a/source/conf.py b/source/conf.py index a556bf84..f4a5e1a6 100644 --- a/source/conf.py +++ b/source/conf.py @@ -1,429 +1,429 @@ # -*- coding: utf-8 -*- import sphinx_bootstrap_theme # import os # import sys # sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('.')) # Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be # extensions coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom # ones. extensions = [ 'sphinx.ext.todo', ] # Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. templates_path = ['_templates'] # The suffix(es) of source filenames. # You can specify multiple suffix as a list of string: # # source_suffix = ['.rst', '.md'] source_suffix = '.rst' # The encoding of source files. # # source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig' html_logo = "manual64.png" # The master toctree document. master_doc = 'index' # General information about the project. project = u'Lubuntu Manual' copyright = u'2016-2022, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License' author = u'Lubuntu Team' # The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for # |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the # built documents. # # The short X.Y version. -version = u'22.04' +version = u'22.10' # The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags. -release = u'22.04' +release = u'22.10' # The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation # for a list of supported languages. # # This is also used if you do content translation via gettext catalogs. # Usually you set "language" from the command line for these cases. language = None # There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some # non-false value, then it is used: # # today = '' # # Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call. # # today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y' # List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and # directories to ignore when looking for source files. # This patterns also effect to html_static_path and html_extra_path exclude_patterns = [] # The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all # documents. # # default_role = None # If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text. # # add_function_parentheses = True # If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description # unit titles (such as .. function::). # # add_module_names = True # If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the # output. They are ignored by default. # # show_authors = False # The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use. pygments_style = 'sphinx' # A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting. # modindex_common_prefix = [] # If true, keep warnings as "system message" paragraphs in the built documents. # keep_warnings = False # If true, `todo` and `todoList` produce output, else they produce nothing. todo_include_todos = True # -- Options for HTML output ---------------------------------------------- # The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages. See the documentation for # a list of builtin themes. # html_theme = 'sphinx_rtd_theme' # Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme # further. For a list of options available for each theme, see the # documentation. # # html_theme_options = {} # Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory. html_theme_path = ["_themes", ] # The name for this set of Sphinx documents. # " v documentation" by default. # # html_title = u'Lubuntu Manual vbeta1' # A shorter title for the navigation bar. Default is the same as html_title. # # html_short_title = None # The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top # of the sidebar. # # html_logo = None # The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to use as a favicon of # the docs. This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32 # pixels large. # html_favicon = "favicon.ico" # Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here, # relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files, # so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css". #html_static_path = ['_static'] # Add any extra paths that contain custom files (such as robots.txt or # .htaccess) here, relative to this directory. These files are copied # directly to the root of the documentation. # # html_extra_path = [] # If not None, a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page # bottom, using the given strftime format. # The empty string is equivalent to '%b %d, %Y'. # # html_last_updated_fmt = None # If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to # typographically correct entities. # # html_use_smartypants = True # Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names. # # html_sidebars = {} # Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to # template names. # # html_additional_pages = {} # If false, no module index is generated. # # html_domain_indices = True # If false, no index is generated. # # html_use_index = True # If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter. # # html_split_index = False # If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages. # # html_show_sourcelink = True # If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. # # html_show_sphinx = True # If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True. # # html_show_copyright = True # If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will # contain a tag referring to it. The value of this option must be the # base URL from which the finished HTML is served. # # html_use_opensearch = '' # This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml"). # html_file_suffix = None # Language to be used for generating the HTML full-text search index. # Sphinx supports the following languages: # 'da', 'de', 'en', 'es', 'fi', 'fr', 'hu', 'it', 'ja' # 'nl', 'no', 'pt', 'ro', 'ru', 'sv', 'tr', 'zh' # # html_search_language = 'en' # A dictionary with options for the search language support, empty by default. # 'ja' uses this config value. # 'zh' user can custom change `jieba` dictionary path. # # html_search_options = {'type': 'default'} # The name of a javascript file (relative to the configuration directory) that # implements a search results scorer. If empty, the default will be used. # # html_search_scorer = 'scorer.js' # Output file base name for HTML help builder. htmlhelp_basename = 'LubuntuManualdoc' # -- Options for LaTeX output --------------------------------------------- latex_engine = 'xelatex' latex_elements = { # The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper'). # # 'papersize': 'letterpaper', # The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt'). # # 'pointsize': '10pt', # Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble. # # 'preamble': '', # Latex figure (float) alignment # # 'figure_align': 'htbp', 'fontpkg': r''' \setmainfont{DejaVu Serif} \setsansfont{DejaVu Sans} \setmonofont{DejaVu Sans Mono} ''', 'preamble': r''' \usepackage[titles]{tocloft} \cftsetpnumwidth {1.25cm}\cftsetrmarg{1.5cm} \setlength{\cftchapnumwidth}{0.75cm} \setlength{\cftsecindent}{\cftchapnumwidth} \setlength{\cftsecnumwidth}{1.25cm} ''', 'fncychap': r'\usepackage[Bjornstrup]{fncychap}', 'printindex': r'\footnotesize\raggedright\printindex', } latex_show_urls = 'footnote' # Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples # (source start file, target name, title, # author, documentclass [howto, manual, or own class]). latex_documents = [ (master_doc, 'LubuntuManual.tex', u'Lubuntu Manual Documentation', u'Lubuntu Team', 'manual'), ] # The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of # the title page. # # latex_logo = None # For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts, # not chapters. # latex_use_parts = True # If true, show page references after internal links. # # latex_show_pagerefs = False # If true, show URL addresses after external links. # # latex_show_urls = False # Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. # # latex_appendices = [] # It false, will not define \strong, \code, itleref, \crossref ... but only # \sphinxstrong, ..., \sphinxtitleref, ... To help avoid clash with user added # packages. # # latex_keep_old_macro_names = True # If false, no module index is generated. # # latex_domain_indices = True # -- Options for manual page output --------------------------------------- # One entry per manual page. List of tuples # (source start file, name, description, authors, manual section). man_pages = [ (master_doc, 'lubuntumanual', u'Lubuntu Manual Documentation', [author], 1) ] # If true, show URL addresses after external links. # # man_show_urls = False # -- Options for Texinfo output ------------------------------------------- # Grouping the document tree into Texinfo files. List of tuples # (source start file, target name, title, author, # dir menu entry, description, category) texinfo_documents = [ (master_doc, 'LubuntuManual', u'Lubuntu Manual Documentation', author, 'LubuntuManual', 'One line description of project.', 'Miscellaneous'), ] # Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals. # # texinfo_appendices = [] # If false, no module index is generated. # # texinfo_domain_indices = True # How to display URL addresses: 'footnote', 'no', or 'inline'. # # texinfo_show_urls = 'footnote' # If true, do not generate a @detailmenu in the "Top" node's menu. # # texinfo_no_detailmenu = False # -- Options for Epub output ---------------------------------------------- # Bibliographic Dublin Core info. epub_title = project epub_author = author epub_publisher = author epub_copyright = copyright # The basename for the epub file. It defaults to the project name. # epub_basename = project # The HTML theme for the epub output. Since the default themes are not # optimized for small screen space, using the same theme for HTML and epub # output is usually not wise. This defaults to 'epub', a theme designed to save # visual space. # # epub_theme = 'epub' # The language of the text. It defaults to the language option # or 'en' if the language is not set. # epub_language = "en" # The scheme of the identifier. Typical schemes are ISBN or URL. # epub_scheme = '' # The unique identifier of the text. This can be a ISBN number # or the project homepage. # # epub_identifier = '' # A unique identification for the text. # # epub_uid = '' # A tuple containing the cover image and cover page html template filenames. # # epub_cover = () # A sequence of (type, uri, title) tuples for the guide element of content.opf. # # epub_guide = () # HTML files that should be inserted before the pages created by sphinx. # The format is a list of tuples containing the path and title. # # epub_pre_files = [] # HTML files that should be inserted after the pages created by sphinx. # The format is a list of tuples containing the path and title. # # epub_post_files = [] # A list of files that should not be packed into the epub file. epub_exclude_files = ["search.html"] # The depth of the table of contents in toc.ncx. # # epub_tocdepth = 3 # Allow duplicate toc entries. # # epub_tocdup = True # Choose between 'default' and 'includehidden'. # # epub_tocscope = 'default' # Fix unsupported image types using the Pillow. # # epub_fix_images = False # Scale large images. # # epub_max_image_width = 0 # How to display URL addresses: 'footnote', 'no', or 'inline'. # # epub_show_urls = 'inline' # If false, no index is generated. # # epub_use_index = True locale_dirs = ['po/'] gettext_compact = False language = "en"